INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the...

58
File No.: INS-FS-006 Supersedes: INS-FS-005 Date: 15 May 2013 Date: 31 Dec 2012 FS Floor Mounted Isolators Installation Instructions FS SA, 1, 2, 3 Isolator adjustment sequence example 1 4 6 5 3 2 threaded rod hold-down nut & washer adjustment nut compression cup color-coded spring(s) (single or nested) equipment support washer neoprene cup mounting hole in center neoprene cup mounting hole in center compression plate threaded rod hold-down nut & washer adjustment nut color-coded spring(s) (single or nested) equipment support washer INSTRUCTIONS 1. Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators. 2. Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and spring color(s) as identification. If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure, mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (e.g., drill holes and install anchor bolts). 3. Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports. Operating height is maximum recommended height. Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability. Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met: a. Clearances are maintained to prevent short-circuiting. b. Connections to the isolated component can accommodate lower position. 4. Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin. 5. If required, attach base plate or neoprene cup to supporting structure. 6. Place isolators under base or equipment support points, passing threaded rod through mounting hole. 7. When loading isolators and during isolator spring adjustment, ensure each isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below. Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary support. 9. Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer. FS-SA/FS-1A/FS-2A/FS-3A shown with cut-away FS-1A/FS-2A/FS-3A (higher capacities) shown with cut-away Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations. Vibro-Acoustics Toronto · Nashville · Reno · New York · Houston 416-291-7371 416-291-8049 1-800-565-8401 1-888-811-2264 tel: fax: web: eml: www.vibro-acoustics.com [email protected] MEMBER

Transcript of INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the...

Page 1: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FS-006 Supersedes INS-FS-005

Date 15 May 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

FS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

FSSA 1 2 3

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rodhold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup mounting hole in center

neoprene cup mounting hole in center

compressionplate

threaded rod

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment supportwasher

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent short-circuiting b Connections to the isolated component can accommodate lower

position 4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment

can begin 5 If required attach base plate or neoprene cup to supporting structure6 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing threaded

rod through mounting hole 7 When loading isolators and during isolator spring adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary support

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

FS-SAFS-1AFS-2AFS-3Ashown with cut-away

FS-1AFS-2AFS-3A (higher capacities)shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FST-005 Supersedes INS-FST-004

Date 22 Jul 2010Date 31 Dec 2010

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

FST Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

FSTSA 1 2 3

D Oslash

equipment support plate

spring adjustment nut

compression cup

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup cw 58Prime (16 mm) Oslashmounting hole in center for FST-SAFST-1AFST-2A

H

oper

atin

g he

ight

D Oslash

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following a Clearances are maintained to prevent short-circuiting b Any connections to isolated component can accommodate the

additional displacement 3 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment

can begin 4 When loading isolators and during isolator spring adjustment ensure that

the spring(s) is loaded centered as installed and the spring compression cup is perpendicular to the spring in order to prevent the isolator from bending over

5 Place isolators under equipment support points 6 If required attach base plate or neoprene cup to supporting structure 7 Turn spring adjustment nut until equipment support plate is in contact with

equipment support points If required attach equipment to equipment support plate (eg weld unit base to plate)

8 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator in sequence as shown below Repeat this pattern until the equipment is level and just lifts off the temporary supports

FST-SAFST-1AFST-2AFST-3Ashown with cut-away

FST-1AFST-2AFST-3A (higher capacities)shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

equipment support plate

compression plate

spring adjustment nut

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

H

oper

atin

g he

ight

FST-3A base plate cw (2) 34Prime (19 mm) Oslash mounting holes

L

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-003 Supersedes INS-CSR-002

Date 9 Aug 2011Date 13 Aug 2010

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

rubber grommet

shipping spacer

L

W

two or four 58Prime (16 mm) mounting

holes at opposite corners

restraint stud

spring adjustment nut

equipment support plate

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

hold-down nuts and washer

hold-down plate

ribbed neoprene pad

free

and

oper

atin

g he

ight

H

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and spring color(s) as identification Position isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (eg by welding) 4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final

adjustment can begin 5 Back off the hold-down nuts until the hold-down washer is clear of the

hold-down plate 6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator

as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces 8 Ensure the restraint stud is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the

center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position9 Adjust the hold-down nuts so that the hold-down washer is 18Prime (3 mm)

from the hold-down plate then lock the hold-down nuts together

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CM-003 Supersedes INS-CM-002

Date 7 Nov 2014Date 13 Aug 2010

CM Closed Mount Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CMSN 1 2

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

oper

atin

g he

ight

H

L2

L

W

two 58Prime (16 mm) mounting holesat center on

opposite ends

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support

stabilizers

adjustment nut

threaded rod

ribbed neoprene pad

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

operatingheight

per datasheet

shippingheight

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and spring color(s) as identification Isolators must be attached to supporting structure Make preparations as appropriate to attach isolators (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Block equipment to operating height using temporary supports 3 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustments can

begin4 Remove the hold-down nut from the isolator top and align hole in the

equipment foot or base bracket with the isolator threaded rod5 Lower the equipment on isolators Note that some CM isolators have a

taller shipping height than operating height It is normal that the isolators may be taller than the temporary supports As the equipment goes down the spring will start compressing until the weight is supported on blocks

6 Turn level adjustment nut clockwise on each isolator until the equipment support plate comes in contact with the equipment Replace hold-down nut and secure equipment to equipment support plate Do not attempt to place all the load on one spring ndash load all isolators evenly following the isolator adjustment sequence shown below until the equipment just lifts off of the temporary supports

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Please note that the shipping height can be taller than the operating height and temporary block height for some models

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SH-005 Supersedes INS-SH-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SH Spring Hanger Installation Instructions

SHSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring(s) (single

or nested)

acoustic washer

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

jam nuts

lower support rod

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod Install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

upper support rod

only when no washer needs to be stacked

hanger box

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHR-005 Supersedes INS-SHR-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neoprene Installation Instructions

SHRSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

plate washer

color-coded spring(s) (single

or nested)

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

fig 2

lower support rod

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup

5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHC-003 Supersedes INS-SHC-002

Date 7 Sep 2010Date 13 Aug 2010

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHC Ceiling Hanger Installation Instructions

SHC

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

color-coded spring

acoustic washer

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHC-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach

to compression cup For type SHCH-SN be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

4 Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHC-SN) or eye bolt (SHCH-SN)

5 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the hanger

box at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSH-005 Supersedes INS-PSH-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSH Precompressed Spring Hanger Installation Instructions

PSHSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

Nuts washers coupling and rods supplied by others except as indicated on datasheet

hanger rod

support rod

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

precompression plate

hanger box

hanger box

coupling

jam nut2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

jam nuts2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

upper support rod

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

Only for Applications with Seismic Restraints

14Prime (6 mm) max

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHR-004 Supersedes INS-PSHR-003

Date 3 Jun 2011Date 7 Sep 2010

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHR Precompressed Spring Hangerwith Neoprene Installation Instructions

PSHRSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

neoprene element

support rod

upper support rod

hanger rod

coupling for attaching to support rod

precompression plate

hanger box

hanger box

coupling

jam nuts2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

14Prime (6 mm)

H2color-coded spring(s) precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

fig 2

Nuts washers coupling and rods supplied by others except as indicated on datasheet

Model shown with cut-away

platewasher

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NH-005 Supersedes INS-NH-004

Date 30 Mar 2012Date 15 Apr 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NH Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

NH1 2

hanger box

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

structure

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L

H

W

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NHE-001 Supersedes New

Date 14 Oct 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NHE-2 Neoprene Element Installation Instructions as a Floor Mount

NHE-2

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each mount from the submittal drawing using isolator model and color as identification

2 Depending on the hole size at the equipment feet or the seismic calculation requirements use one of the illustrated configurations on the left of the page

3 If there is no anchoring requirement always use configuration 14 Equipment feet should completely cover the top surface of NHE-2 for

configuration 1 If it doesnt place a 34Prime USS washer between NHE-2 and equipment

5 For seismic use SRB brackets or similar means to clamp anchor on the floor See seismic submittal for details

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

floor

floor NHE-2

cut off NHE-2sleeve with a sharputility knife

58Prime Oslash anchor

58Prime USS washer

GW 63

34Prime USS washer

Configuration 1

Configuration 2

NHE-2equipment

equipment

34Prime anchor

NHE-2 sleeverubber washer

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-AHCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

AHCS Equipment-Mounted Adjustable Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

AHCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

angle brackets rod Oslash

stop washer

equipment

duct

(a) 15Prime (381 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (5 per isolator)

x

Rod in Tension

2Prime min

8Prime max

14Prime (6mm) operating clearance

(a)

(b)

(b)

(c)

(c)

spring isolator with color-coded spring

direction of equipment movement

due to equipment operationairflow

backing plates as required to match angle brackets installed on other side

of equipmentduct wall (by others)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure that the bracket mounting locations are structurally sound for the installation of these thrust restraints

2 Pair of thrust restraints at height shown on submittal drawings using color-coded springs for identification

3 On unit start-up check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is insufficient turn adjustment nut counterclockwise until the clearance is correct If clearance is greater than 14Prime (6 mm) then adjust nut should be turned clockwise until clearance is correct Adjust snubbers equally on both sides of unit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCS Base-Mounted Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement)

(b)(c)

approx4Prime (102 mm)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

floor anchor bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

equipment base form

spring isolator with color-coded spring

(a)

direction of movement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCS

Rod in Tension

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (4 per isolator)(c) USS washer (3 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCSP-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCSP Base-Mounted Precompressed Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCSP

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

approx4Prime (102 mm)

Rod in Tension

(b)

(c)

equipment base form

stop washer

spring isolator with color-coded spring direction of m

ovement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCSP

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement) floor anchor

bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

(a)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (4 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose Turn the adjustment nuts clockwise to compress spring as shown on the submittal drawing

4 After unit startup check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is too little turn adjustment nut counterclockwise to unload spring until the proper clearance is achieved If clearance is too much turn the adjustment nut clockwise until proper clearance is achieved Adjust snubber equally on both sides of unit Operating clearance will show only when the unit is running

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-S-001 Supersedes INS-SRK-006

Date 11 Nov 2011Date 14 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint Kits (with Compression Sleeves)Installation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

x

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assumbled

thimble

structure

oval compression sleeve

400 800

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

2 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in fig 1

3 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

4 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

5 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets7 Slide oval sleeve onto cable8 Feed cable around thimble through hole in bracket9 Pass cable back through oval sleeve and pull the cable hand tight Back

out 18Prime slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Locate sleeve against loop and use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope and sleeve in position

10 Crimpswage oval sleeve with handswager starting in the middle of the sleeve (Fig 2) as many times as shown in Table 10

11 Slide crimp gauge over crimped sleeve to check size of crimps it must slide easily If it does not adjust tool and re-crimp

12 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)

13 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide two oval sleeves onto overlapping cables2 Crimp oval sleeves according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1 Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2Handswager Crimping Method

Correct Incorrect

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

of Crimps Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-400 312 (89) 3 34 (19)SRK-800 4 (102) 3 1 (25)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turnback

A B

① ①

② ②

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-007 Supersedes INS-SRK-C-001

Date 25 Nov 2014Date 11 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

turnback times2

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

thimble

wire rope clips

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assembled

both ends are field assembled

x

Do not alternate wire rope clip direction

Do not put saddle on ldquodead endrdquo of wire rope

turnback

1400 2880

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in Fig 1

4 Attach the preassembled ends (or field assembled ends for SRK-2880) to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets or for SRK-2880 place thimbles on screw pin shackles and attach shackles to brackets as shown above

7 Place two clips onto cable Do not tighten 8 Insert cable around thimble through hole in bracket or through shackle

(SRK-2880) 9 Pass cable back through clips and pull the cable hand tight Back out

18Prime (3 mm) slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope in position Locate clips as shown with one clip against the loop Refer to table below for spacing guidelines

10 Tighten the clips according to the torque values listed in Table 1011 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as

necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)12 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic

submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide four clips onto overlapping cables2 Tighten clips according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2

SRK-1400

SRK-2880

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

Torque

ftlb (Nm)

Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-1400 5 (127) 15 (20) 1 14 (32)SRK-2880 612 (165) 45 (61) 1 12 (38)

xx

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turn

back

= = =

VAB bracket

x

attachment to equipment

screw pin shackle thimble

wire rope clips

side view

A B

① ①

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SFS-009 Supersedes INS-SFS-008

Date 22 Oct 2013Date 26 Aug 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SFS Seismic Floor Mounted IsolatorInstallation Instructions

SFSSA 1A 2A

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic-restraint housing

all-directional snubber

adjustment nut

compression cup

mounting holes

threaded rod

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic restraint housing

all-directional snubber

58Prime (16 mm) adjustment nut

DOslash mounting holes

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene cup

58Prime (16mm) Oslash threaded rod

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

4 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

5 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

7 Turn adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off all isolators about 18Prime such that the snubbers are not in contact with the housings

8 Ensure to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from the top and bottom of the housing

9 Check lower snubber nut and adjust as needed to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from housing

10 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut amp washer

SFS-SAshown with cut-away

34Prime (19 mm) Oslash threaded rod

hold-down nut amp washer

seismic restraint housing

compression cup

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment support washer

neoprene cup

snubber reinforcing pipeall-directional snubber

34Prime (19 mm) spring adjustment nut

SFS-1A2Ashown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

SFS-2Nshown with cut-away

For smaller loads when only two anchors are specified follow the pattern shown on the left image (install the two anchors diagonally in line with the housing bolts)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

housing

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm)

all-directional snubber

housing

SFS-SA2N Section View

SFS-1A2A Section View

anchor bolt

housing bolt

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHB-004 Supersedes INS-SHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHB Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

upper support rod

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

lower support rod

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig 1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup 5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 2: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FST-005 Supersedes INS-FST-004

Date 22 Jul 2010Date 31 Dec 2010

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

FST Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

FSTSA 1 2 3

D Oslash

equipment support plate

spring adjustment nut

compression cup

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup cw 58Prime (16 mm) Oslashmounting hole in center for FST-SAFST-1AFST-2A

H

oper

atin

g he

ight

D Oslash

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following a Clearances are maintained to prevent short-circuiting b Any connections to isolated component can accommodate the

additional displacement 3 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment

can begin 4 When loading isolators and during isolator spring adjustment ensure that

the spring(s) is loaded centered as installed and the spring compression cup is perpendicular to the spring in order to prevent the isolator from bending over

5 Place isolators under equipment support points 6 If required attach base plate or neoprene cup to supporting structure 7 Turn spring adjustment nut until equipment support plate is in contact with

equipment support points If required attach equipment to equipment support plate (eg weld unit base to plate)

8 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator in sequence as shown below Repeat this pattern until the equipment is level and just lifts off the temporary supports

FST-SAFST-1AFST-2AFST-3Ashown with cut-away

FST-1AFST-2AFST-3A (higher capacities)shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

equipment support plate

compression plate

spring adjustment nut

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

H

oper

atin

g he

ight

FST-3A base plate cw (2) 34Prime (19 mm) Oslash mounting holes

L

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-003 Supersedes INS-CSR-002

Date 9 Aug 2011Date 13 Aug 2010

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

rubber grommet

shipping spacer

L

W

two or four 58Prime (16 mm) mounting

holes at opposite corners

restraint stud

spring adjustment nut

equipment support plate

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

hold-down nuts and washer

hold-down plate

ribbed neoprene pad

free

and

oper

atin

g he

ight

H

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and spring color(s) as identification Position isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (eg by welding) 4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final

adjustment can begin 5 Back off the hold-down nuts until the hold-down washer is clear of the

hold-down plate 6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator

as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces 8 Ensure the restraint stud is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the

center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position9 Adjust the hold-down nuts so that the hold-down washer is 18Prime (3 mm)

from the hold-down plate then lock the hold-down nuts together

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CM-003 Supersedes INS-CM-002

Date 7 Nov 2014Date 13 Aug 2010

CM Closed Mount Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CMSN 1 2

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

oper

atin

g he

ight

H

L2

L

W

two 58Prime (16 mm) mounting holesat center on

opposite ends

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support

stabilizers

adjustment nut

threaded rod

ribbed neoprene pad

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

operatingheight

per datasheet

shippingheight

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and spring color(s) as identification Isolators must be attached to supporting structure Make preparations as appropriate to attach isolators (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Block equipment to operating height using temporary supports 3 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustments can

begin4 Remove the hold-down nut from the isolator top and align hole in the

equipment foot or base bracket with the isolator threaded rod5 Lower the equipment on isolators Note that some CM isolators have a

taller shipping height than operating height It is normal that the isolators may be taller than the temporary supports As the equipment goes down the spring will start compressing until the weight is supported on blocks

6 Turn level adjustment nut clockwise on each isolator until the equipment support plate comes in contact with the equipment Replace hold-down nut and secure equipment to equipment support plate Do not attempt to place all the load on one spring ndash load all isolators evenly following the isolator adjustment sequence shown below until the equipment just lifts off of the temporary supports

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Please note that the shipping height can be taller than the operating height and temporary block height for some models

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SH-005 Supersedes INS-SH-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SH Spring Hanger Installation Instructions

SHSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring(s) (single

or nested)

acoustic washer

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

jam nuts

lower support rod

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod Install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

upper support rod

only when no washer needs to be stacked

hanger box

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHR-005 Supersedes INS-SHR-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neoprene Installation Instructions

SHRSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

plate washer

color-coded spring(s) (single

or nested)

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

fig 2

lower support rod

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup

5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHC-003 Supersedes INS-SHC-002

Date 7 Sep 2010Date 13 Aug 2010

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHC Ceiling Hanger Installation Instructions

SHC

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

color-coded spring

acoustic washer

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHC-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach

to compression cup For type SHCH-SN be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

4 Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHC-SN) or eye bolt (SHCH-SN)

5 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the hanger

box at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSH-005 Supersedes INS-PSH-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSH Precompressed Spring Hanger Installation Instructions

PSHSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

Nuts washers coupling and rods supplied by others except as indicated on datasheet

hanger rod

support rod

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

precompression plate

hanger box

hanger box

coupling

jam nut2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

jam nuts2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

upper support rod

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

Only for Applications with Seismic Restraints

14Prime (6 mm) max

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHR-004 Supersedes INS-PSHR-003

Date 3 Jun 2011Date 7 Sep 2010

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHR Precompressed Spring Hangerwith Neoprene Installation Instructions

PSHRSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

neoprene element

support rod

upper support rod

hanger rod

coupling for attaching to support rod

precompression plate

hanger box

hanger box

coupling

jam nuts2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

14Prime (6 mm)

H2color-coded spring(s) precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

fig 2

Nuts washers coupling and rods supplied by others except as indicated on datasheet

Model shown with cut-away

platewasher

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NH-005 Supersedes INS-NH-004

Date 30 Mar 2012Date 15 Apr 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NH Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

NH1 2

hanger box

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

structure

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L

H

W

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NHE-001 Supersedes New

Date 14 Oct 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NHE-2 Neoprene Element Installation Instructions as a Floor Mount

NHE-2

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each mount from the submittal drawing using isolator model and color as identification

2 Depending on the hole size at the equipment feet or the seismic calculation requirements use one of the illustrated configurations on the left of the page

3 If there is no anchoring requirement always use configuration 14 Equipment feet should completely cover the top surface of NHE-2 for

configuration 1 If it doesnt place a 34Prime USS washer between NHE-2 and equipment

5 For seismic use SRB brackets or similar means to clamp anchor on the floor See seismic submittal for details

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

floor

floor NHE-2

cut off NHE-2sleeve with a sharputility knife

58Prime Oslash anchor

58Prime USS washer

GW 63

34Prime USS washer

Configuration 1

Configuration 2

NHE-2equipment

equipment

34Prime anchor

NHE-2 sleeverubber washer

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-AHCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

AHCS Equipment-Mounted Adjustable Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

AHCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

angle brackets rod Oslash

stop washer

equipment

duct

(a) 15Prime (381 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (5 per isolator)

x

Rod in Tension

2Prime min

8Prime max

14Prime (6mm) operating clearance

(a)

(b)

(b)

(c)

(c)

spring isolator with color-coded spring

direction of equipment movement

due to equipment operationairflow

backing plates as required to match angle brackets installed on other side

of equipmentduct wall (by others)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure that the bracket mounting locations are structurally sound for the installation of these thrust restraints

2 Pair of thrust restraints at height shown on submittal drawings using color-coded springs for identification

3 On unit start-up check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is insufficient turn adjustment nut counterclockwise until the clearance is correct If clearance is greater than 14Prime (6 mm) then adjust nut should be turned clockwise until clearance is correct Adjust snubbers equally on both sides of unit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCS Base-Mounted Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement)

(b)(c)

approx4Prime (102 mm)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

floor anchor bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

equipment base form

spring isolator with color-coded spring

(a)

direction of movement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCS

Rod in Tension

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (4 per isolator)(c) USS washer (3 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCSP-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCSP Base-Mounted Precompressed Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCSP

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

approx4Prime (102 mm)

Rod in Tension

(b)

(c)

equipment base form

stop washer

spring isolator with color-coded spring direction of m

ovement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCSP

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement) floor anchor

bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

(a)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (4 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose Turn the adjustment nuts clockwise to compress spring as shown on the submittal drawing

4 After unit startup check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is too little turn adjustment nut counterclockwise to unload spring until the proper clearance is achieved If clearance is too much turn the adjustment nut clockwise until proper clearance is achieved Adjust snubber equally on both sides of unit Operating clearance will show only when the unit is running

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-S-001 Supersedes INS-SRK-006

Date 11 Nov 2011Date 14 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint Kits (with Compression Sleeves)Installation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

x

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assumbled

thimble

structure

oval compression sleeve

400 800

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

2 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in fig 1

3 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

4 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

5 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets7 Slide oval sleeve onto cable8 Feed cable around thimble through hole in bracket9 Pass cable back through oval sleeve and pull the cable hand tight Back

out 18Prime slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Locate sleeve against loop and use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope and sleeve in position

10 Crimpswage oval sleeve with handswager starting in the middle of the sleeve (Fig 2) as many times as shown in Table 10

11 Slide crimp gauge over crimped sleeve to check size of crimps it must slide easily If it does not adjust tool and re-crimp

12 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)

13 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide two oval sleeves onto overlapping cables2 Crimp oval sleeves according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1 Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2Handswager Crimping Method

Correct Incorrect

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

of Crimps Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-400 312 (89) 3 34 (19)SRK-800 4 (102) 3 1 (25)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turnback

A B

① ①

② ②

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-007 Supersedes INS-SRK-C-001

Date 25 Nov 2014Date 11 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

turnback times2

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

thimble

wire rope clips

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assembled

both ends are field assembled

x

Do not alternate wire rope clip direction

Do not put saddle on ldquodead endrdquo of wire rope

turnback

1400 2880

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in Fig 1

4 Attach the preassembled ends (or field assembled ends for SRK-2880) to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets or for SRK-2880 place thimbles on screw pin shackles and attach shackles to brackets as shown above

7 Place two clips onto cable Do not tighten 8 Insert cable around thimble through hole in bracket or through shackle

(SRK-2880) 9 Pass cable back through clips and pull the cable hand tight Back out

18Prime (3 mm) slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope in position Locate clips as shown with one clip against the loop Refer to table below for spacing guidelines

10 Tighten the clips according to the torque values listed in Table 1011 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as

necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)12 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic

submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide four clips onto overlapping cables2 Tighten clips according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2

SRK-1400

SRK-2880

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

Torque

ftlb (Nm)

Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-1400 5 (127) 15 (20) 1 14 (32)SRK-2880 612 (165) 45 (61) 1 12 (38)

xx

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turn

back

= = =

VAB bracket

x

attachment to equipment

screw pin shackle thimble

wire rope clips

side view

A B

① ①

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SFS-009 Supersedes INS-SFS-008

Date 22 Oct 2013Date 26 Aug 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SFS Seismic Floor Mounted IsolatorInstallation Instructions

SFSSA 1A 2A

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic-restraint housing

all-directional snubber

adjustment nut

compression cup

mounting holes

threaded rod

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic restraint housing

all-directional snubber

58Prime (16 mm) adjustment nut

DOslash mounting holes

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene cup

58Prime (16mm) Oslash threaded rod

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

4 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

5 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

7 Turn adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off all isolators about 18Prime such that the snubbers are not in contact with the housings

8 Ensure to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from the top and bottom of the housing

9 Check lower snubber nut and adjust as needed to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from housing

10 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut amp washer

SFS-SAshown with cut-away

34Prime (19 mm) Oslash threaded rod

hold-down nut amp washer

seismic restraint housing

compression cup

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment support washer

neoprene cup

snubber reinforcing pipeall-directional snubber

34Prime (19 mm) spring adjustment nut

SFS-1A2Ashown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

SFS-2Nshown with cut-away

For smaller loads when only two anchors are specified follow the pattern shown on the left image (install the two anchors diagonally in line with the housing bolts)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

housing

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm)

all-directional snubber

housing

SFS-SA2N Section View

SFS-1A2A Section View

anchor bolt

housing bolt

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHB-004 Supersedes INS-SHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHB Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

upper support rod

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

lower support rod

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig 1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup 5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 3: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-003 Supersedes INS-CSR-002

Date 9 Aug 2011Date 13 Aug 2010

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

rubber grommet

shipping spacer

L

W

two or four 58Prime (16 mm) mounting

holes at opposite corners

restraint stud

spring adjustment nut

equipment support plate

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

hold-down nuts and washer

hold-down plate

ribbed neoprene pad

free

and

oper

atin

g he

ight

H

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and spring color(s) as identification Position isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (eg by welding) 4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final

adjustment can begin 5 Back off the hold-down nuts until the hold-down washer is clear of the

hold-down plate 6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator

as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces 8 Ensure the restraint stud is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the

center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position9 Adjust the hold-down nuts so that the hold-down washer is 18Prime (3 mm)

from the hold-down plate then lock the hold-down nuts together

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CM-003 Supersedes INS-CM-002

Date 7 Nov 2014Date 13 Aug 2010

CM Closed Mount Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CMSN 1 2

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

oper

atin

g he

ight

H

L2

L

W

two 58Prime (16 mm) mounting holesat center on

opposite ends

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support

stabilizers

adjustment nut

threaded rod

ribbed neoprene pad

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

operatingheight

per datasheet

shippingheight

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and spring color(s) as identification Isolators must be attached to supporting structure Make preparations as appropriate to attach isolators (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Block equipment to operating height using temporary supports 3 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustments can

begin4 Remove the hold-down nut from the isolator top and align hole in the

equipment foot or base bracket with the isolator threaded rod5 Lower the equipment on isolators Note that some CM isolators have a

taller shipping height than operating height It is normal that the isolators may be taller than the temporary supports As the equipment goes down the spring will start compressing until the weight is supported on blocks

6 Turn level adjustment nut clockwise on each isolator until the equipment support plate comes in contact with the equipment Replace hold-down nut and secure equipment to equipment support plate Do not attempt to place all the load on one spring ndash load all isolators evenly following the isolator adjustment sequence shown below until the equipment just lifts off of the temporary supports

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Please note that the shipping height can be taller than the operating height and temporary block height for some models

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SH-005 Supersedes INS-SH-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SH Spring Hanger Installation Instructions

SHSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring(s) (single

or nested)

acoustic washer

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

jam nuts

lower support rod

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod Install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

upper support rod

only when no washer needs to be stacked

hanger box

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHR-005 Supersedes INS-SHR-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neoprene Installation Instructions

SHRSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

plate washer

color-coded spring(s) (single

or nested)

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

fig 2

lower support rod

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup

5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHC-003 Supersedes INS-SHC-002

Date 7 Sep 2010Date 13 Aug 2010

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHC Ceiling Hanger Installation Instructions

SHC

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

color-coded spring

acoustic washer

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHC-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach

to compression cup For type SHCH-SN be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

4 Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHC-SN) or eye bolt (SHCH-SN)

5 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the hanger

box at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSH-005 Supersedes INS-PSH-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSH Precompressed Spring Hanger Installation Instructions

PSHSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

Nuts washers coupling and rods supplied by others except as indicated on datasheet

hanger rod

support rod

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

precompression plate

hanger box

hanger box

coupling

jam nut2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

jam nuts2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

upper support rod

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

Only for Applications with Seismic Restraints

14Prime (6 mm) max

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHR-004 Supersedes INS-PSHR-003

Date 3 Jun 2011Date 7 Sep 2010

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHR Precompressed Spring Hangerwith Neoprene Installation Instructions

PSHRSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

neoprene element

support rod

upper support rod

hanger rod

coupling for attaching to support rod

precompression plate

hanger box

hanger box

coupling

jam nuts2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

14Prime (6 mm)

H2color-coded spring(s) precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

fig 2

Nuts washers coupling and rods supplied by others except as indicated on datasheet

Model shown with cut-away

platewasher

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NH-005 Supersedes INS-NH-004

Date 30 Mar 2012Date 15 Apr 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NH Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

NH1 2

hanger box

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

structure

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L

H

W

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NHE-001 Supersedes New

Date 14 Oct 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NHE-2 Neoprene Element Installation Instructions as a Floor Mount

NHE-2

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each mount from the submittal drawing using isolator model and color as identification

2 Depending on the hole size at the equipment feet or the seismic calculation requirements use one of the illustrated configurations on the left of the page

3 If there is no anchoring requirement always use configuration 14 Equipment feet should completely cover the top surface of NHE-2 for

configuration 1 If it doesnt place a 34Prime USS washer between NHE-2 and equipment

5 For seismic use SRB brackets or similar means to clamp anchor on the floor See seismic submittal for details

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

floor

floor NHE-2

cut off NHE-2sleeve with a sharputility knife

58Prime Oslash anchor

58Prime USS washer

GW 63

34Prime USS washer

Configuration 1

Configuration 2

NHE-2equipment

equipment

34Prime anchor

NHE-2 sleeverubber washer

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-AHCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

AHCS Equipment-Mounted Adjustable Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

AHCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

angle brackets rod Oslash

stop washer

equipment

duct

(a) 15Prime (381 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (5 per isolator)

x

Rod in Tension

2Prime min

8Prime max

14Prime (6mm) operating clearance

(a)

(b)

(b)

(c)

(c)

spring isolator with color-coded spring

direction of equipment movement

due to equipment operationairflow

backing plates as required to match angle brackets installed on other side

of equipmentduct wall (by others)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure that the bracket mounting locations are structurally sound for the installation of these thrust restraints

2 Pair of thrust restraints at height shown on submittal drawings using color-coded springs for identification

3 On unit start-up check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is insufficient turn adjustment nut counterclockwise until the clearance is correct If clearance is greater than 14Prime (6 mm) then adjust nut should be turned clockwise until clearance is correct Adjust snubbers equally on both sides of unit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCS Base-Mounted Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement)

(b)(c)

approx4Prime (102 mm)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

floor anchor bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

equipment base form

spring isolator with color-coded spring

(a)

direction of movement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCS

Rod in Tension

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (4 per isolator)(c) USS washer (3 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCSP-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCSP Base-Mounted Precompressed Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCSP

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

approx4Prime (102 mm)

Rod in Tension

(b)

(c)

equipment base form

stop washer

spring isolator with color-coded spring direction of m

ovement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCSP

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement) floor anchor

bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

(a)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (4 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose Turn the adjustment nuts clockwise to compress spring as shown on the submittal drawing

4 After unit startup check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is too little turn adjustment nut counterclockwise to unload spring until the proper clearance is achieved If clearance is too much turn the adjustment nut clockwise until proper clearance is achieved Adjust snubber equally on both sides of unit Operating clearance will show only when the unit is running

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-S-001 Supersedes INS-SRK-006

Date 11 Nov 2011Date 14 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint Kits (with Compression Sleeves)Installation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

x

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assumbled

thimble

structure

oval compression sleeve

400 800

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

2 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in fig 1

3 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

4 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

5 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets7 Slide oval sleeve onto cable8 Feed cable around thimble through hole in bracket9 Pass cable back through oval sleeve and pull the cable hand tight Back

out 18Prime slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Locate sleeve against loop and use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope and sleeve in position

10 Crimpswage oval sleeve with handswager starting in the middle of the sleeve (Fig 2) as many times as shown in Table 10

11 Slide crimp gauge over crimped sleeve to check size of crimps it must slide easily If it does not adjust tool and re-crimp

12 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)

13 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide two oval sleeves onto overlapping cables2 Crimp oval sleeves according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1 Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2Handswager Crimping Method

Correct Incorrect

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

of Crimps Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-400 312 (89) 3 34 (19)SRK-800 4 (102) 3 1 (25)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turnback

A B

① ①

② ②

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-007 Supersedes INS-SRK-C-001

Date 25 Nov 2014Date 11 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

turnback times2

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

thimble

wire rope clips

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assembled

both ends are field assembled

x

Do not alternate wire rope clip direction

Do not put saddle on ldquodead endrdquo of wire rope

turnback

1400 2880

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in Fig 1

4 Attach the preassembled ends (or field assembled ends for SRK-2880) to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets or for SRK-2880 place thimbles on screw pin shackles and attach shackles to brackets as shown above

7 Place two clips onto cable Do not tighten 8 Insert cable around thimble through hole in bracket or through shackle

(SRK-2880) 9 Pass cable back through clips and pull the cable hand tight Back out

18Prime (3 mm) slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope in position Locate clips as shown with one clip against the loop Refer to table below for spacing guidelines

10 Tighten the clips according to the torque values listed in Table 1011 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as

necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)12 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic

submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide four clips onto overlapping cables2 Tighten clips according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2

SRK-1400

SRK-2880

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

Torque

ftlb (Nm)

Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-1400 5 (127) 15 (20) 1 14 (32)SRK-2880 612 (165) 45 (61) 1 12 (38)

xx

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turn

back

= = =

VAB bracket

x

attachment to equipment

screw pin shackle thimble

wire rope clips

side view

A B

① ①

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SFS-009 Supersedes INS-SFS-008

Date 22 Oct 2013Date 26 Aug 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SFS Seismic Floor Mounted IsolatorInstallation Instructions

SFSSA 1A 2A

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic-restraint housing

all-directional snubber

adjustment nut

compression cup

mounting holes

threaded rod

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic restraint housing

all-directional snubber

58Prime (16 mm) adjustment nut

DOslash mounting holes

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene cup

58Prime (16mm) Oslash threaded rod

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

4 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

5 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

7 Turn adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off all isolators about 18Prime such that the snubbers are not in contact with the housings

8 Ensure to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from the top and bottom of the housing

9 Check lower snubber nut and adjust as needed to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from housing

10 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut amp washer

SFS-SAshown with cut-away

34Prime (19 mm) Oslash threaded rod

hold-down nut amp washer

seismic restraint housing

compression cup

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment support washer

neoprene cup

snubber reinforcing pipeall-directional snubber

34Prime (19 mm) spring adjustment nut

SFS-1A2Ashown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

SFS-2Nshown with cut-away

For smaller loads when only two anchors are specified follow the pattern shown on the left image (install the two anchors diagonally in line with the housing bolts)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

housing

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm)

all-directional snubber

housing

SFS-SA2N Section View

SFS-1A2A Section View

anchor bolt

housing bolt

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHB-004 Supersedes INS-SHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHB Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

upper support rod

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

lower support rod

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig 1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup 5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 4: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CM-003 Supersedes INS-CM-002

Date 7 Nov 2014Date 13 Aug 2010

CM Closed Mount Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CMSN 1 2

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

oper

atin

g he

ight

H

L2

L

W

two 58Prime (16 mm) mounting holesat center on

opposite ends

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support

stabilizers

adjustment nut

threaded rod

ribbed neoprene pad

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

operatingheight

per datasheet

shippingheight

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and spring color(s) as identification Isolators must be attached to supporting structure Make preparations as appropriate to attach isolators (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Block equipment to operating height using temporary supports 3 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustments can

begin4 Remove the hold-down nut from the isolator top and align hole in the

equipment foot or base bracket with the isolator threaded rod5 Lower the equipment on isolators Note that some CM isolators have a

taller shipping height than operating height It is normal that the isolators may be taller than the temporary supports As the equipment goes down the spring will start compressing until the weight is supported on blocks

6 Turn level adjustment nut clockwise on each isolator until the equipment support plate comes in contact with the equipment Replace hold-down nut and secure equipment to equipment support plate Do not attempt to place all the load on one spring ndash load all isolators evenly following the isolator adjustment sequence shown below until the equipment just lifts off of the temporary supports

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Please note that the shipping height can be taller than the operating height and temporary block height for some models

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SH-005 Supersedes INS-SH-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SH Spring Hanger Installation Instructions

SHSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring(s) (single

or nested)

acoustic washer

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

jam nuts

lower support rod

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod Install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

upper support rod

only when no washer needs to be stacked

hanger box

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHR-005 Supersedes INS-SHR-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neoprene Installation Instructions

SHRSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

plate washer

color-coded spring(s) (single

or nested)

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

fig 2

lower support rod

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup

5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHC-003 Supersedes INS-SHC-002

Date 7 Sep 2010Date 13 Aug 2010

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHC Ceiling Hanger Installation Instructions

SHC

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

color-coded spring

acoustic washer

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHC-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach

to compression cup For type SHCH-SN be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

4 Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHC-SN) or eye bolt (SHCH-SN)

5 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the hanger

box at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSH-005 Supersedes INS-PSH-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSH Precompressed Spring Hanger Installation Instructions

PSHSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

Nuts washers coupling and rods supplied by others except as indicated on datasheet

hanger rod

support rod

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

precompression plate

hanger box

hanger box

coupling

jam nut2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

jam nuts2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

upper support rod

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

Only for Applications with Seismic Restraints

14Prime (6 mm) max

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHR-004 Supersedes INS-PSHR-003

Date 3 Jun 2011Date 7 Sep 2010

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHR Precompressed Spring Hangerwith Neoprene Installation Instructions

PSHRSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

neoprene element

support rod

upper support rod

hanger rod

coupling for attaching to support rod

precompression plate

hanger box

hanger box

coupling

jam nuts2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

14Prime (6 mm)

H2color-coded spring(s) precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

fig 2

Nuts washers coupling and rods supplied by others except as indicated on datasheet

Model shown with cut-away

platewasher

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NH-005 Supersedes INS-NH-004

Date 30 Mar 2012Date 15 Apr 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NH Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

NH1 2

hanger box

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

structure

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L

H

W

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NHE-001 Supersedes New

Date 14 Oct 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NHE-2 Neoprene Element Installation Instructions as a Floor Mount

NHE-2

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each mount from the submittal drawing using isolator model and color as identification

2 Depending on the hole size at the equipment feet or the seismic calculation requirements use one of the illustrated configurations on the left of the page

3 If there is no anchoring requirement always use configuration 14 Equipment feet should completely cover the top surface of NHE-2 for

configuration 1 If it doesnt place a 34Prime USS washer between NHE-2 and equipment

5 For seismic use SRB brackets or similar means to clamp anchor on the floor See seismic submittal for details

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

floor

floor NHE-2

cut off NHE-2sleeve with a sharputility knife

58Prime Oslash anchor

58Prime USS washer

GW 63

34Prime USS washer

Configuration 1

Configuration 2

NHE-2equipment

equipment

34Prime anchor

NHE-2 sleeverubber washer

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-AHCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

AHCS Equipment-Mounted Adjustable Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

AHCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

angle brackets rod Oslash

stop washer

equipment

duct

(a) 15Prime (381 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (5 per isolator)

x

Rod in Tension

2Prime min

8Prime max

14Prime (6mm) operating clearance

(a)

(b)

(b)

(c)

(c)

spring isolator with color-coded spring

direction of equipment movement

due to equipment operationairflow

backing plates as required to match angle brackets installed on other side

of equipmentduct wall (by others)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure that the bracket mounting locations are structurally sound for the installation of these thrust restraints

2 Pair of thrust restraints at height shown on submittal drawings using color-coded springs for identification

3 On unit start-up check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is insufficient turn adjustment nut counterclockwise until the clearance is correct If clearance is greater than 14Prime (6 mm) then adjust nut should be turned clockwise until clearance is correct Adjust snubbers equally on both sides of unit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCS Base-Mounted Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement)

(b)(c)

approx4Prime (102 mm)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

floor anchor bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

equipment base form

spring isolator with color-coded spring

(a)

direction of movement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCS

Rod in Tension

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (4 per isolator)(c) USS washer (3 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCSP-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCSP Base-Mounted Precompressed Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCSP

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

approx4Prime (102 mm)

Rod in Tension

(b)

(c)

equipment base form

stop washer

spring isolator with color-coded spring direction of m

ovement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCSP

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement) floor anchor

bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

(a)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (4 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose Turn the adjustment nuts clockwise to compress spring as shown on the submittal drawing

4 After unit startup check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is too little turn adjustment nut counterclockwise to unload spring until the proper clearance is achieved If clearance is too much turn the adjustment nut clockwise until proper clearance is achieved Adjust snubber equally on both sides of unit Operating clearance will show only when the unit is running

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-S-001 Supersedes INS-SRK-006

Date 11 Nov 2011Date 14 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint Kits (with Compression Sleeves)Installation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

x

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assumbled

thimble

structure

oval compression sleeve

400 800

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

2 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in fig 1

3 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

4 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

5 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets7 Slide oval sleeve onto cable8 Feed cable around thimble through hole in bracket9 Pass cable back through oval sleeve and pull the cable hand tight Back

out 18Prime slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Locate sleeve against loop and use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope and sleeve in position

10 Crimpswage oval sleeve with handswager starting in the middle of the sleeve (Fig 2) as many times as shown in Table 10

11 Slide crimp gauge over crimped sleeve to check size of crimps it must slide easily If it does not adjust tool and re-crimp

12 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)

13 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide two oval sleeves onto overlapping cables2 Crimp oval sleeves according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1 Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2Handswager Crimping Method

Correct Incorrect

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

of Crimps Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-400 312 (89) 3 34 (19)SRK-800 4 (102) 3 1 (25)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turnback

A B

① ①

② ②

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-007 Supersedes INS-SRK-C-001

Date 25 Nov 2014Date 11 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

turnback times2

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

thimble

wire rope clips

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assembled

both ends are field assembled

x

Do not alternate wire rope clip direction

Do not put saddle on ldquodead endrdquo of wire rope

turnback

1400 2880

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in Fig 1

4 Attach the preassembled ends (or field assembled ends for SRK-2880) to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets or for SRK-2880 place thimbles on screw pin shackles and attach shackles to brackets as shown above

7 Place two clips onto cable Do not tighten 8 Insert cable around thimble through hole in bracket or through shackle

(SRK-2880) 9 Pass cable back through clips and pull the cable hand tight Back out

18Prime (3 mm) slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope in position Locate clips as shown with one clip against the loop Refer to table below for spacing guidelines

10 Tighten the clips according to the torque values listed in Table 1011 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as

necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)12 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic

submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide four clips onto overlapping cables2 Tighten clips according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2

SRK-1400

SRK-2880

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

Torque

ftlb (Nm)

Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-1400 5 (127) 15 (20) 1 14 (32)SRK-2880 612 (165) 45 (61) 1 12 (38)

xx

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turn

back

= = =

VAB bracket

x

attachment to equipment

screw pin shackle thimble

wire rope clips

side view

A B

① ①

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SFS-009 Supersedes INS-SFS-008

Date 22 Oct 2013Date 26 Aug 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SFS Seismic Floor Mounted IsolatorInstallation Instructions

SFSSA 1A 2A

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic-restraint housing

all-directional snubber

adjustment nut

compression cup

mounting holes

threaded rod

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic restraint housing

all-directional snubber

58Prime (16 mm) adjustment nut

DOslash mounting holes

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene cup

58Prime (16mm) Oslash threaded rod

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

4 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

5 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

7 Turn adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off all isolators about 18Prime such that the snubbers are not in contact with the housings

8 Ensure to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from the top and bottom of the housing

9 Check lower snubber nut and adjust as needed to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from housing

10 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut amp washer

SFS-SAshown with cut-away

34Prime (19 mm) Oslash threaded rod

hold-down nut amp washer

seismic restraint housing

compression cup

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment support washer

neoprene cup

snubber reinforcing pipeall-directional snubber

34Prime (19 mm) spring adjustment nut

SFS-1A2Ashown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

SFS-2Nshown with cut-away

For smaller loads when only two anchors are specified follow the pattern shown on the left image (install the two anchors diagonally in line with the housing bolts)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

housing

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm)

all-directional snubber

housing

SFS-SA2N Section View

SFS-1A2A Section View

anchor bolt

housing bolt

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHB-004 Supersedes INS-SHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHB Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

upper support rod

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

lower support rod

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig 1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup 5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 5: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SH-005 Supersedes INS-SH-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SH Spring Hanger Installation Instructions

SHSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring(s) (single

or nested)

acoustic washer

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

jam nuts

lower support rod

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod Install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

upper support rod

only when no washer needs to be stacked

hanger box

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHR-005 Supersedes INS-SHR-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neoprene Installation Instructions

SHRSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

plate washer

color-coded spring(s) (single

or nested)

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

fig 2

lower support rod

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup

5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHC-003 Supersedes INS-SHC-002

Date 7 Sep 2010Date 13 Aug 2010

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHC Ceiling Hanger Installation Instructions

SHC

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

color-coded spring

acoustic washer

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHC-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach

to compression cup For type SHCH-SN be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

4 Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHC-SN) or eye bolt (SHCH-SN)

5 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the hanger

box at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSH-005 Supersedes INS-PSH-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSH Precompressed Spring Hanger Installation Instructions

PSHSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

Nuts washers coupling and rods supplied by others except as indicated on datasheet

hanger rod

support rod

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

precompression plate

hanger box

hanger box

coupling

jam nut2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

jam nuts2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

upper support rod

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

Only for Applications with Seismic Restraints

14Prime (6 mm) max

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHR-004 Supersedes INS-PSHR-003

Date 3 Jun 2011Date 7 Sep 2010

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHR Precompressed Spring Hangerwith Neoprene Installation Instructions

PSHRSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

neoprene element

support rod

upper support rod

hanger rod

coupling for attaching to support rod

precompression plate

hanger box

hanger box

coupling

jam nuts2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

14Prime (6 mm)

H2color-coded spring(s) precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

fig 2

Nuts washers coupling and rods supplied by others except as indicated on datasheet

Model shown with cut-away

platewasher

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NH-005 Supersedes INS-NH-004

Date 30 Mar 2012Date 15 Apr 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NH Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

NH1 2

hanger box

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

structure

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L

H

W

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NHE-001 Supersedes New

Date 14 Oct 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NHE-2 Neoprene Element Installation Instructions as a Floor Mount

NHE-2

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each mount from the submittal drawing using isolator model and color as identification

2 Depending on the hole size at the equipment feet or the seismic calculation requirements use one of the illustrated configurations on the left of the page

3 If there is no anchoring requirement always use configuration 14 Equipment feet should completely cover the top surface of NHE-2 for

configuration 1 If it doesnt place a 34Prime USS washer between NHE-2 and equipment

5 For seismic use SRB brackets or similar means to clamp anchor on the floor See seismic submittal for details

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

floor

floor NHE-2

cut off NHE-2sleeve with a sharputility knife

58Prime Oslash anchor

58Prime USS washer

GW 63

34Prime USS washer

Configuration 1

Configuration 2

NHE-2equipment

equipment

34Prime anchor

NHE-2 sleeverubber washer

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-AHCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

AHCS Equipment-Mounted Adjustable Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

AHCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

angle brackets rod Oslash

stop washer

equipment

duct

(a) 15Prime (381 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (5 per isolator)

x

Rod in Tension

2Prime min

8Prime max

14Prime (6mm) operating clearance

(a)

(b)

(b)

(c)

(c)

spring isolator with color-coded spring

direction of equipment movement

due to equipment operationairflow

backing plates as required to match angle brackets installed on other side

of equipmentduct wall (by others)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure that the bracket mounting locations are structurally sound for the installation of these thrust restraints

2 Pair of thrust restraints at height shown on submittal drawings using color-coded springs for identification

3 On unit start-up check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is insufficient turn adjustment nut counterclockwise until the clearance is correct If clearance is greater than 14Prime (6 mm) then adjust nut should be turned clockwise until clearance is correct Adjust snubbers equally on both sides of unit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCS Base-Mounted Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement)

(b)(c)

approx4Prime (102 mm)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

floor anchor bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

equipment base form

spring isolator with color-coded spring

(a)

direction of movement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCS

Rod in Tension

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (4 per isolator)(c) USS washer (3 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCSP-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCSP Base-Mounted Precompressed Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCSP

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

approx4Prime (102 mm)

Rod in Tension

(b)

(c)

equipment base form

stop washer

spring isolator with color-coded spring direction of m

ovement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCSP

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement) floor anchor

bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

(a)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (4 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose Turn the adjustment nuts clockwise to compress spring as shown on the submittal drawing

4 After unit startup check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is too little turn adjustment nut counterclockwise to unload spring until the proper clearance is achieved If clearance is too much turn the adjustment nut clockwise until proper clearance is achieved Adjust snubber equally on both sides of unit Operating clearance will show only when the unit is running

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-S-001 Supersedes INS-SRK-006

Date 11 Nov 2011Date 14 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint Kits (with Compression Sleeves)Installation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

x

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assumbled

thimble

structure

oval compression sleeve

400 800

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

2 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in fig 1

3 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

4 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

5 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets7 Slide oval sleeve onto cable8 Feed cable around thimble through hole in bracket9 Pass cable back through oval sleeve and pull the cable hand tight Back

out 18Prime slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Locate sleeve against loop and use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope and sleeve in position

10 Crimpswage oval sleeve with handswager starting in the middle of the sleeve (Fig 2) as many times as shown in Table 10

11 Slide crimp gauge over crimped sleeve to check size of crimps it must slide easily If it does not adjust tool and re-crimp

12 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)

13 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide two oval sleeves onto overlapping cables2 Crimp oval sleeves according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1 Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2Handswager Crimping Method

Correct Incorrect

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

of Crimps Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-400 312 (89) 3 34 (19)SRK-800 4 (102) 3 1 (25)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turnback

A B

① ①

② ②

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-007 Supersedes INS-SRK-C-001

Date 25 Nov 2014Date 11 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

turnback times2

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

thimble

wire rope clips

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assembled

both ends are field assembled

x

Do not alternate wire rope clip direction

Do not put saddle on ldquodead endrdquo of wire rope

turnback

1400 2880

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in Fig 1

4 Attach the preassembled ends (or field assembled ends for SRK-2880) to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets or for SRK-2880 place thimbles on screw pin shackles and attach shackles to brackets as shown above

7 Place two clips onto cable Do not tighten 8 Insert cable around thimble through hole in bracket or through shackle

(SRK-2880) 9 Pass cable back through clips and pull the cable hand tight Back out

18Prime (3 mm) slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope in position Locate clips as shown with one clip against the loop Refer to table below for spacing guidelines

10 Tighten the clips according to the torque values listed in Table 1011 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as

necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)12 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic

submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide four clips onto overlapping cables2 Tighten clips according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2

SRK-1400

SRK-2880

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

Torque

ftlb (Nm)

Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-1400 5 (127) 15 (20) 1 14 (32)SRK-2880 612 (165) 45 (61) 1 12 (38)

xx

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turn

back

= = =

VAB bracket

x

attachment to equipment

screw pin shackle thimble

wire rope clips

side view

A B

① ①

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SFS-009 Supersedes INS-SFS-008

Date 22 Oct 2013Date 26 Aug 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SFS Seismic Floor Mounted IsolatorInstallation Instructions

SFSSA 1A 2A

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic-restraint housing

all-directional snubber

adjustment nut

compression cup

mounting holes

threaded rod

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic restraint housing

all-directional snubber

58Prime (16 mm) adjustment nut

DOslash mounting holes

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene cup

58Prime (16mm) Oslash threaded rod

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

4 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

5 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

7 Turn adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off all isolators about 18Prime such that the snubbers are not in contact with the housings

8 Ensure to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from the top and bottom of the housing

9 Check lower snubber nut and adjust as needed to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from housing

10 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut amp washer

SFS-SAshown with cut-away

34Prime (19 mm) Oslash threaded rod

hold-down nut amp washer

seismic restraint housing

compression cup

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment support washer

neoprene cup

snubber reinforcing pipeall-directional snubber

34Prime (19 mm) spring adjustment nut

SFS-1A2Ashown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

SFS-2Nshown with cut-away

For smaller loads when only two anchors are specified follow the pattern shown on the left image (install the two anchors diagonally in line with the housing bolts)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

housing

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm)

all-directional snubber

housing

SFS-SA2N Section View

SFS-1A2A Section View

anchor bolt

housing bolt

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHB-004 Supersedes INS-SHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHB Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

upper support rod

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

lower support rod

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig 1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup 5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 6: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHR-005 Supersedes INS-SHR-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neoprene Installation Instructions

SHRSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

plate washer

color-coded spring(s) (single

or nested)

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

fig 2

lower support rod

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup

5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHC-003 Supersedes INS-SHC-002

Date 7 Sep 2010Date 13 Aug 2010

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHC Ceiling Hanger Installation Instructions

SHC

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

color-coded spring

acoustic washer

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHC-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach

to compression cup For type SHCH-SN be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

4 Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHC-SN) or eye bolt (SHCH-SN)

5 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the hanger

box at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSH-005 Supersedes INS-PSH-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSH Precompressed Spring Hanger Installation Instructions

PSHSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

Nuts washers coupling and rods supplied by others except as indicated on datasheet

hanger rod

support rod

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

precompression plate

hanger box

hanger box

coupling

jam nut2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

jam nuts2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

upper support rod

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

Only for Applications with Seismic Restraints

14Prime (6 mm) max

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHR-004 Supersedes INS-PSHR-003

Date 3 Jun 2011Date 7 Sep 2010

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHR Precompressed Spring Hangerwith Neoprene Installation Instructions

PSHRSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

neoprene element

support rod

upper support rod

hanger rod

coupling for attaching to support rod

precompression plate

hanger box

hanger box

coupling

jam nuts2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

14Prime (6 mm)

H2color-coded spring(s) precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

fig 2

Nuts washers coupling and rods supplied by others except as indicated on datasheet

Model shown with cut-away

platewasher

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NH-005 Supersedes INS-NH-004

Date 30 Mar 2012Date 15 Apr 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NH Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

NH1 2

hanger box

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

structure

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L

H

W

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NHE-001 Supersedes New

Date 14 Oct 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NHE-2 Neoprene Element Installation Instructions as a Floor Mount

NHE-2

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each mount from the submittal drawing using isolator model and color as identification

2 Depending on the hole size at the equipment feet or the seismic calculation requirements use one of the illustrated configurations on the left of the page

3 If there is no anchoring requirement always use configuration 14 Equipment feet should completely cover the top surface of NHE-2 for

configuration 1 If it doesnt place a 34Prime USS washer between NHE-2 and equipment

5 For seismic use SRB brackets or similar means to clamp anchor on the floor See seismic submittal for details

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

floor

floor NHE-2

cut off NHE-2sleeve with a sharputility knife

58Prime Oslash anchor

58Prime USS washer

GW 63

34Prime USS washer

Configuration 1

Configuration 2

NHE-2equipment

equipment

34Prime anchor

NHE-2 sleeverubber washer

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-AHCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

AHCS Equipment-Mounted Adjustable Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

AHCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

angle brackets rod Oslash

stop washer

equipment

duct

(a) 15Prime (381 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (5 per isolator)

x

Rod in Tension

2Prime min

8Prime max

14Prime (6mm) operating clearance

(a)

(b)

(b)

(c)

(c)

spring isolator with color-coded spring

direction of equipment movement

due to equipment operationairflow

backing plates as required to match angle brackets installed on other side

of equipmentduct wall (by others)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure that the bracket mounting locations are structurally sound for the installation of these thrust restraints

2 Pair of thrust restraints at height shown on submittal drawings using color-coded springs for identification

3 On unit start-up check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is insufficient turn adjustment nut counterclockwise until the clearance is correct If clearance is greater than 14Prime (6 mm) then adjust nut should be turned clockwise until clearance is correct Adjust snubbers equally on both sides of unit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCS Base-Mounted Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement)

(b)(c)

approx4Prime (102 mm)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

floor anchor bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

equipment base form

spring isolator with color-coded spring

(a)

direction of movement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCS

Rod in Tension

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (4 per isolator)(c) USS washer (3 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCSP-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCSP Base-Mounted Precompressed Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCSP

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

approx4Prime (102 mm)

Rod in Tension

(b)

(c)

equipment base form

stop washer

spring isolator with color-coded spring direction of m

ovement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCSP

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement) floor anchor

bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

(a)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (4 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose Turn the adjustment nuts clockwise to compress spring as shown on the submittal drawing

4 After unit startup check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is too little turn adjustment nut counterclockwise to unload spring until the proper clearance is achieved If clearance is too much turn the adjustment nut clockwise until proper clearance is achieved Adjust snubber equally on both sides of unit Operating clearance will show only when the unit is running

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-S-001 Supersedes INS-SRK-006

Date 11 Nov 2011Date 14 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint Kits (with Compression Sleeves)Installation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

x

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assumbled

thimble

structure

oval compression sleeve

400 800

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

2 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in fig 1

3 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

4 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

5 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets7 Slide oval sleeve onto cable8 Feed cable around thimble through hole in bracket9 Pass cable back through oval sleeve and pull the cable hand tight Back

out 18Prime slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Locate sleeve against loop and use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope and sleeve in position

10 Crimpswage oval sleeve with handswager starting in the middle of the sleeve (Fig 2) as many times as shown in Table 10

11 Slide crimp gauge over crimped sleeve to check size of crimps it must slide easily If it does not adjust tool and re-crimp

12 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)

13 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide two oval sleeves onto overlapping cables2 Crimp oval sleeves according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1 Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2Handswager Crimping Method

Correct Incorrect

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

of Crimps Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-400 312 (89) 3 34 (19)SRK-800 4 (102) 3 1 (25)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turnback

A B

① ①

② ②

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-007 Supersedes INS-SRK-C-001

Date 25 Nov 2014Date 11 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

turnback times2

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

thimble

wire rope clips

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assembled

both ends are field assembled

x

Do not alternate wire rope clip direction

Do not put saddle on ldquodead endrdquo of wire rope

turnback

1400 2880

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in Fig 1

4 Attach the preassembled ends (or field assembled ends for SRK-2880) to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets or for SRK-2880 place thimbles on screw pin shackles and attach shackles to brackets as shown above

7 Place two clips onto cable Do not tighten 8 Insert cable around thimble through hole in bracket or through shackle

(SRK-2880) 9 Pass cable back through clips and pull the cable hand tight Back out

18Prime (3 mm) slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope in position Locate clips as shown with one clip against the loop Refer to table below for spacing guidelines

10 Tighten the clips according to the torque values listed in Table 1011 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as

necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)12 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic

submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide four clips onto overlapping cables2 Tighten clips according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2

SRK-1400

SRK-2880

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

Torque

ftlb (Nm)

Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-1400 5 (127) 15 (20) 1 14 (32)SRK-2880 612 (165) 45 (61) 1 12 (38)

xx

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turn

back

= = =

VAB bracket

x

attachment to equipment

screw pin shackle thimble

wire rope clips

side view

A B

① ①

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SFS-009 Supersedes INS-SFS-008

Date 22 Oct 2013Date 26 Aug 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SFS Seismic Floor Mounted IsolatorInstallation Instructions

SFSSA 1A 2A

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic-restraint housing

all-directional snubber

adjustment nut

compression cup

mounting holes

threaded rod

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic restraint housing

all-directional snubber

58Prime (16 mm) adjustment nut

DOslash mounting holes

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene cup

58Prime (16mm) Oslash threaded rod

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

4 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

5 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

7 Turn adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off all isolators about 18Prime such that the snubbers are not in contact with the housings

8 Ensure to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from the top and bottom of the housing

9 Check lower snubber nut and adjust as needed to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from housing

10 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut amp washer

SFS-SAshown with cut-away

34Prime (19 mm) Oslash threaded rod

hold-down nut amp washer

seismic restraint housing

compression cup

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment support washer

neoprene cup

snubber reinforcing pipeall-directional snubber

34Prime (19 mm) spring adjustment nut

SFS-1A2Ashown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

SFS-2Nshown with cut-away

For smaller loads when only two anchors are specified follow the pattern shown on the left image (install the two anchors diagonally in line with the housing bolts)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

housing

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm)

all-directional snubber

housing

SFS-SA2N Section View

SFS-1A2A Section View

anchor bolt

housing bolt

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHB-004 Supersedes INS-SHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHB Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

upper support rod

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

lower support rod

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig 1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup 5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 7: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHC-003 Supersedes INS-SHC-002

Date 7 Sep 2010Date 13 Aug 2010

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHC Ceiling Hanger Installation Instructions

SHC

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

color-coded spring

acoustic washer

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHC-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach

to compression cup For type SHCH-SN be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

4 Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHC-SN) or eye bolt (SHCH-SN)

5 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the hanger

box at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSH-005 Supersedes INS-PSH-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSH Precompressed Spring Hanger Installation Instructions

PSHSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

Nuts washers coupling and rods supplied by others except as indicated on datasheet

hanger rod

support rod

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

precompression plate

hanger box

hanger box

coupling

jam nut2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

jam nuts2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

upper support rod

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

Only for Applications with Seismic Restraints

14Prime (6 mm) max

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHR-004 Supersedes INS-PSHR-003

Date 3 Jun 2011Date 7 Sep 2010

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHR Precompressed Spring Hangerwith Neoprene Installation Instructions

PSHRSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

neoprene element

support rod

upper support rod

hanger rod

coupling for attaching to support rod

precompression plate

hanger box

hanger box

coupling

jam nuts2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

14Prime (6 mm)

H2color-coded spring(s) precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

fig 2

Nuts washers coupling and rods supplied by others except as indicated on datasheet

Model shown with cut-away

platewasher

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NH-005 Supersedes INS-NH-004

Date 30 Mar 2012Date 15 Apr 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NH Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

NH1 2

hanger box

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

structure

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L

H

W

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NHE-001 Supersedes New

Date 14 Oct 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NHE-2 Neoprene Element Installation Instructions as a Floor Mount

NHE-2

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each mount from the submittal drawing using isolator model and color as identification

2 Depending on the hole size at the equipment feet or the seismic calculation requirements use one of the illustrated configurations on the left of the page

3 If there is no anchoring requirement always use configuration 14 Equipment feet should completely cover the top surface of NHE-2 for

configuration 1 If it doesnt place a 34Prime USS washer between NHE-2 and equipment

5 For seismic use SRB brackets or similar means to clamp anchor on the floor See seismic submittal for details

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

floor

floor NHE-2

cut off NHE-2sleeve with a sharputility knife

58Prime Oslash anchor

58Prime USS washer

GW 63

34Prime USS washer

Configuration 1

Configuration 2

NHE-2equipment

equipment

34Prime anchor

NHE-2 sleeverubber washer

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-AHCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

AHCS Equipment-Mounted Adjustable Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

AHCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

angle brackets rod Oslash

stop washer

equipment

duct

(a) 15Prime (381 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (5 per isolator)

x

Rod in Tension

2Prime min

8Prime max

14Prime (6mm) operating clearance

(a)

(b)

(b)

(c)

(c)

spring isolator with color-coded spring

direction of equipment movement

due to equipment operationairflow

backing plates as required to match angle brackets installed on other side

of equipmentduct wall (by others)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure that the bracket mounting locations are structurally sound for the installation of these thrust restraints

2 Pair of thrust restraints at height shown on submittal drawings using color-coded springs for identification

3 On unit start-up check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is insufficient turn adjustment nut counterclockwise until the clearance is correct If clearance is greater than 14Prime (6 mm) then adjust nut should be turned clockwise until clearance is correct Adjust snubbers equally on both sides of unit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCS Base-Mounted Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement)

(b)(c)

approx4Prime (102 mm)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

floor anchor bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

equipment base form

spring isolator with color-coded spring

(a)

direction of movement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCS

Rod in Tension

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (4 per isolator)(c) USS washer (3 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCSP-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCSP Base-Mounted Precompressed Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCSP

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

approx4Prime (102 mm)

Rod in Tension

(b)

(c)

equipment base form

stop washer

spring isolator with color-coded spring direction of m

ovement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCSP

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement) floor anchor

bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

(a)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (4 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose Turn the adjustment nuts clockwise to compress spring as shown on the submittal drawing

4 After unit startup check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is too little turn adjustment nut counterclockwise to unload spring until the proper clearance is achieved If clearance is too much turn the adjustment nut clockwise until proper clearance is achieved Adjust snubber equally on both sides of unit Operating clearance will show only when the unit is running

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-S-001 Supersedes INS-SRK-006

Date 11 Nov 2011Date 14 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint Kits (with Compression Sleeves)Installation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

x

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assumbled

thimble

structure

oval compression sleeve

400 800

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

2 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in fig 1

3 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

4 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

5 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets7 Slide oval sleeve onto cable8 Feed cable around thimble through hole in bracket9 Pass cable back through oval sleeve and pull the cable hand tight Back

out 18Prime slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Locate sleeve against loop and use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope and sleeve in position

10 Crimpswage oval sleeve with handswager starting in the middle of the sleeve (Fig 2) as many times as shown in Table 10

11 Slide crimp gauge over crimped sleeve to check size of crimps it must slide easily If it does not adjust tool and re-crimp

12 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)

13 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide two oval sleeves onto overlapping cables2 Crimp oval sleeves according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1 Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2Handswager Crimping Method

Correct Incorrect

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

of Crimps Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-400 312 (89) 3 34 (19)SRK-800 4 (102) 3 1 (25)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turnback

A B

① ①

② ②

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-007 Supersedes INS-SRK-C-001

Date 25 Nov 2014Date 11 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

turnback times2

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

thimble

wire rope clips

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assembled

both ends are field assembled

x

Do not alternate wire rope clip direction

Do not put saddle on ldquodead endrdquo of wire rope

turnback

1400 2880

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in Fig 1

4 Attach the preassembled ends (or field assembled ends for SRK-2880) to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets or for SRK-2880 place thimbles on screw pin shackles and attach shackles to brackets as shown above

7 Place two clips onto cable Do not tighten 8 Insert cable around thimble through hole in bracket or through shackle

(SRK-2880) 9 Pass cable back through clips and pull the cable hand tight Back out

18Prime (3 mm) slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope in position Locate clips as shown with one clip against the loop Refer to table below for spacing guidelines

10 Tighten the clips according to the torque values listed in Table 1011 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as

necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)12 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic

submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide four clips onto overlapping cables2 Tighten clips according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2

SRK-1400

SRK-2880

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

Torque

ftlb (Nm)

Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-1400 5 (127) 15 (20) 1 14 (32)SRK-2880 612 (165) 45 (61) 1 12 (38)

xx

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turn

back

= = =

VAB bracket

x

attachment to equipment

screw pin shackle thimble

wire rope clips

side view

A B

① ①

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SFS-009 Supersedes INS-SFS-008

Date 22 Oct 2013Date 26 Aug 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SFS Seismic Floor Mounted IsolatorInstallation Instructions

SFSSA 1A 2A

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic-restraint housing

all-directional snubber

adjustment nut

compression cup

mounting holes

threaded rod

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic restraint housing

all-directional snubber

58Prime (16 mm) adjustment nut

DOslash mounting holes

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene cup

58Prime (16mm) Oslash threaded rod

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

4 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

5 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

7 Turn adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off all isolators about 18Prime such that the snubbers are not in contact with the housings

8 Ensure to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from the top and bottom of the housing

9 Check lower snubber nut and adjust as needed to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from housing

10 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut amp washer

SFS-SAshown with cut-away

34Prime (19 mm) Oslash threaded rod

hold-down nut amp washer

seismic restraint housing

compression cup

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment support washer

neoprene cup

snubber reinforcing pipeall-directional snubber

34Prime (19 mm) spring adjustment nut

SFS-1A2Ashown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

SFS-2Nshown with cut-away

For smaller loads when only two anchors are specified follow the pattern shown on the left image (install the two anchors diagonally in line with the housing bolts)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

housing

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm)

all-directional snubber

housing

SFS-SA2N Section View

SFS-1A2A Section View

anchor bolt

housing bolt

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHB-004 Supersedes INS-SHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHB Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

upper support rod

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

lower support rod

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig 1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup 5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 8: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSH-005 Supersedes INS-PSH-004

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSH Precompressed Spring Hanger Installation Instructions

PSHSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

Nuts washers coupling and rods supplied by others except as indicated on datasheet

hanger rod

support rod

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

precompression plate

hanger box

hanger box

coupling

jam nut2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

jam nuts2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

upper support rod

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

Only for Applications with Seismic Restraints

14Prime (6 mm) max

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHR-004 Supersedes INS-PSHR-003

Date 3 Jun 2011Date 7 Sep 2010

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHR Precompressed Spring Hangerwith Neoprene Installation Instructions

PSHRSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

neoprene element

support rod

upper support rod

hanger rod

coupling for attaching to support rod

precompression plate

hanger box

hanger box

coupling

jam nuts2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

14Prime (6 mm)

H2color-coded spring(s) precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

fig 2

Nuts washers coupling and rods supplied by others except as indicated on datasheet

Model shown with cut-away

platewasher

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NH-005 Supersedes INS-NH-004

Date 30 Mar 2012Date 15 Apr 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NH Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

NH1 2

hanger box

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

structure

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L

H

W

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NHE-001 Supersedes New

Date 14 Oct 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NHE-2 Neoprene Element Installation Instructions as a Floor Mount

NHE-2

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each mount from the submittal drawing using isolator model and color as identification

2 Depending on the hole size at the equipment feet or the seismic calculation requirements use one of the illustrated configurations on the left of the page

3 If there is no anchoring requirement always use configuration 14 Equipment feet should completely cover the top surface of NHE-2 for

configuration 1 If it doesnt place a 34Prime USS washer between NHE-2 and equipment

5 For seismic use SRB brackets or similar means to clamp anchor on the floor See seismic submittal for details

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

floor

floor NHE-2

cut off NHE-2sleeve with a sharputility knife

58Prime Oslash anchor

58Prime USS washer

GW 63

34Prime USS washer

Configuration 1

Configuration 2

NHE-2equipment

equipment

34Prime anchor

NHE-2 sleeverubber washer

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-AHCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

AHCS Equipment-Mounted Adjustable Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

AHCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

angle brackets rod Oslash

stop washer

equipment

duct

(a) 15Prime (381 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (5 per isolator)

x

Rod in Tension

2Prime min

8Prime max

14Prime (6mm) operating clearance

(a)

(b)

(b)

(c)

(c)

spring isolator with color-coded spring

direction of equipment movement

due to equipment operationairflow

backing plates as required to match angle brackets installed on other side

of equipmentduct wall (by others)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure that the bracket mounting locations are structurally sound for the installation of these thrust restraints

2 Pair of thrust restraints at height shown on submittal drawings using color-coded springs for identification

3 On unit start-up check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is insufficient turn adjustment nut counterclockwise until the clearance is correct If clearance is greater than 14Prime (6 mm) then adjust nut should be turned clockwise until clearance is correct Adjust snubbers equally on both sides of unit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCS Base-Mounted Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement)

(b)(c)

approx4Prime (102 mm)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

floor anchor bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

equipment base form

spring isolator with color-coded spring

(a)

direction of movement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCS

Rod in Tension

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (4 per isolator)(c) USS washer (3 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCSP-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCSP Base-Mounted Precompressed Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCSP

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

approx4Prime (102 mm)

Rod in Tension

(b)

(c)

equipment base form

stop washer

spring isolator with color-coded spring direction of m

ovement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCSP

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement) floor anchor

bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

(a)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (4 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose Turn the adjustment nuts clockwise to compress spring as shown on the submittal drawing

4 After unit startup check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is too little turn adjustment nut counterclockwise to unload spring until the proper clearance is achieved If clearance is too much turn the adjustment nut clockwise until proper clearance is achieved Adjust snubber equally on both sides of unit Operating clearance will show only when the unit is running

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-S-001 Supersedes INS-SRK-006

Date 11 Nov 2011Date 14 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint Kits (with Compression Sleeves)Installation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

x

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assumbled

thimble

structure

oval compression sleeve

400 800

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

2 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in fig 1

3 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

4 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

5 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets7 Slide oval sleeve onto cable8 Feed cable around thimble through hole in bracket9 Pass cable back through oval sleeve and pull the cable hand tight Back

out 18Prime slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Locate sleeve against loop and use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope and sleeve in position

10 Crimpswage oval sleeve with handswager starting in the middle of the sleeve (Fig 2) as many times as shown in Table 10

11 Slide crimp gauge over crimped sleeve to check size of crimps it must slide easily If it does not adjust tool and re-crimp

12 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)

13 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide two oval sleeves onto overlapping cables2 Crimp oval sleeves according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1 Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2Handswager Crimping Method

Correct Incorrect

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

of Crimps Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-400 312 (89) 3 34 (19)SRK-800 4 (102) 3 1 (25)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turnback

A B

① ①

② ②

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-007 Supersedes INS-SRK-C-001

Date 25 Nov 2014Date 11 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

turnback times2

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

thimble

wire rope clips

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assembled

both ends are field assembled

x

Do not alternate wire rope clip direction

Do not put saddle on ldquodead endrdquo of wire rope

turnback

1400 2880

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in Fig 1

4 Attach the preassembled ends (or field assembled ends for SRK-2880) to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets or for SRK-2880 place thimbles on screw pin shackles and attach shackles to brackets as shown above

7 Place two clips onto cable Do not tighten 8 Insert cable around thimble through hole in bracket or through shackle

(SRK-2880) 9 Pass cable back through clips and pull the cable hand tight Back out

18Prime (3 mm) slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope in position Locate clips as shown with one clip against the loop Refer to table below for spacing guidelines

10 Tighten the clips according to the torque values listed in Table 1011 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as

necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)12 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic

submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide four clips onto overlapping cables2 Tighten clips according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2

SRK-1400

SRK-2880

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

Torque

ftlb (Nm)

Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-1400 5 (127) 15 (20) 1 14 (32)SRK-2880 612 (165) 45 (61) 1 12 (38)

xx

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turn

back

= = =

VAB bracket

x

attachment to equipment

screw pin shackle thimble

wire rope clips

side view

A B

① ①

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SFS-009 Supersedes INS-SFS-008

Date 22 Oct 2013Date 26 Aug 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SFS Seismic Floor Mounted IsolatorInstallation Instructions

SFSSA 1A 2A

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic-restraint housing

all-directional snubber

adjustment nut

compression cup

mounting holes

threaded rod

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic restraint housing

all-directional snubber

58Prime (16 mm) adjustment nut

DOslash mounting holes

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene cup

58Prime (16mm) Oslash threaded rod

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

4 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

5 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

7 Turn adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off all isolators about 18Prime such that the snubbers are not in contact with the housings

8 Ensure to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from the top and bottom of the housing

9 Check lower snubber nut and adjust as needed to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from housing

10 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut amp washer

SFS-SAshown with cut-away

34Prime (19 mm) Oslash threaded rod

hold-down nut amp washer

seismic restraint housing

compression cup

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment support washer

neoprene cup

snubber reinforcing pipeall-directional snubber

34Prime (19 mm) spring adjustment nut

SFS-1A2Ashown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

SFS-2Nshown with cut-away

For smaller loads when only two anchors are specified follow the pattern shown on the left image (install the two anchors diagonally in line with the housing bolts)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

housing

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm)

all-directional snubber

housing

SFS-SA2N Section View

SFS-1A2A Section View

anchor bolt

housing bolt

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHB-004 Supersedes INS-SHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHB Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

upper support rod

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

lower support rod

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig 1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup 5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 9: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHR-004 Supersedes INS-PSHR-003

Date 3 Jun 2011Date 7 Sep 2010

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHR Precompressed Spring Hangerwith Neoprene Installation Instructions

PSHRSN 1 2 3

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

acoustic washer

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

neoprene element

support rod

upper support rod

hanger rod

coupling for attaching to support rod

precompression plate

hanger box

hanger box

coupling

jam nuts2nd jam nut is required for seismic application

14Prime (6 mm)

H2color-coded spring(s) precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

fig 2

Nuts washers coupling and rods supplied by others except as indicated on datasheet

Model shown with cut-away

platewasher

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NH-005 Supersedes INS-NH-004

Date 30 Mar 2012Date 15 Apr 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NH Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

NH1 2

hanger box

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

structure

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L

H

W

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NHE-001 Supersedes New

Date 14 Oct 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NHE-2 Neoprene Element Installation Instructions as a Floor Mount

NHE-2

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each mount from the submittal drawing using isolator model and color as identification

2 Depending on the hole size at the equipment feet or the seismic calculation requirements use one of the illustrated configurations on the left of the page

3 If there is no anchoring requirement always use configuration 14 Equipment feet should completely cover the top surface of NHE-2 for

configuration 1 If it doesnt place a 34Prime USS washer between NHE-2 and equipment

5 For seismic use SRB brackets or similar means to clamp anchor on the floor See seismic submittal for details

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

floor

floor NHE-2

cut off NHE-2sleeve with a sharputility knife

58Prime Oslash anchor

58Prime USS washer

GW 63

34Prime USS washer

Configuration 1

Configuration 2

NHE-2equipment

equipment

34Prime anchor

NHE-2 sleeverubber washer

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-AHCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

AHCS Equipment-Mounted Adjustable Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

AHCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

angle brackets rod Oslash

stop washer

equipment

duct

(a) 15Prime (381 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (5 per isolator)

x

Rod in Tension

2Prime min

8Prime max

14Prime (6mm) operating clearance

(a)

(b)

(b)

(c)

(c)

spring isolator with color-coded spring

direction of equipment movement

due to equipment operationairflow

backing plates as required to match angle brackets installed on other side

of equipmentduct wall (by others)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure that the bracket mounting locations are structurally sound for the installation of these thrust restraints

2 Pair of thrust restraints at height shown on submittal drawings using color-coded springs for identification

3 On unit start-up check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is insufficient turn adjustment nut counterclockwise until the clearance is correct If clearance is greater than 14Prime (6 mm) then adjust nut should be turned clockwise until clearance is correct Adjust snubbers equally on both sides of unit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCS Base-Mounted Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement)

(b)(c)

approx4Prime (102 mm)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

floor anchor bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

equipment base form

spring isolator with color-coded spring

(a)

direction of movement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCS

Rod in Tension

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (4 per isolator)(c) USS washer (3 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCSP-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCSP Base-Mounted Precompressed Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCSP

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

approx4Prime (102 mm)

Rod in Tension

(b)

(c)

equipment base form

stop washer

spring isolator with color-coded spring direction of m

ovement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCSP

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement) floor anchor

bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

(a)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (4 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose Turn the adjustment nuts clockwise to compress spring as shown on the submittal drawing

4 After unit startup check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is too little turn adjustment nut counterclockwise to unload spring until the proper clearance is achieved If clearance is too much turn the adjustment nut clockwise until proper clearance is achieved Adjust snubber equally on both sides of unit Operating clearance will show only when the unit is running

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-S-001 Supersedes INS-SRK-006

Date 11 Nov 2011Date 14 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint Kits (with Compression Sleeves)Installation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

x

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assumbled

thimble

structure

oval compression sleeve

400 800

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

2 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in fig 1

3 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

4 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

5 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets7 Slide oval sleeve onto cable8 Feed cable around thimble through hole in bracket9 Pass cable back through oval sleeve and pull the cable hand tight Back

out 18Prime slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Locate sleeve against loop and use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope and sleeve in position

10 Crimpswage oval sleeve with handswager starting in the middle of the sleeve (Fig 2) as many times as shown in Table 10

11 Slide crimp gauge over crimped sleeve to check size of crimps it must slide easily If it does not adjust tool and re-crimp

12 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)

13 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide two oval sleeves onto overlapping cables2 Crimp oval sleeves according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1 Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2Handswager Crimping Method

Correct Incorrect

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

of Crimps Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-400 312 (89) 3 34 (19)SRK-800 4 (102) 3 1 (25)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turnback

A B

① ①

② ②

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-007 Supersedes INS-SRK-C-001

Date 25 Nov 2014Date 11 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

turnback times2

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

thimble

wire rope clips

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assembled

both ends are field assembled

x

Do not alternate wire rope clip direction

Do not put saddle on ldquodead endrdquo of wire rope

turnback

1400 2880

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in Fig 1

4 Attach the preassembled ends (or field assembled ends for SRK-2880) to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets or for SRK-2880 place thimbles on screw pin shackles and attach shackles to brackets as shown above

7 Place two clips onto cable Do not tighten 8 Insert cable around thimble through hole in bracket or through shackle

(SRK-2880) 9 Pass cable back through clips and pull the cable hand tight Back out

18Prime (3 mm) slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope in position Locate clips as shown with one clip against the loop Refer to table below for spacing guidelines

10 Tighten the clips according to the torque values listed in Table 1011 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as

necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)12 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic

submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide four clips onto overlapping cables2 Tighten clips according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2

SRK-1400

SRK-2880

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

Torque

ftlb (Nm)

Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-1400 5 (127) 15 (20) 1 14 (32)SRK-2880 612 (165) 45 (61) 1 12 (38)

xx

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turn

back

= = =

VAB bracket

x

attachment to equipment

screw pin shackle thimble

wire rope clips

side view

A B

① ①

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SFS-009 Supersedes INS-SFS-008

Date 22 Oct 2013Date 26 Aug 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SFS Seismic Floor Mounted IsolatorInstallation Instructions

SFSSA 1A 2A

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic-restraint housing

all-directional snubber

adjustment nut

compression cup

mounting holes

threaded rod

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic restraint housing

all-directional snubber

58Prime (16 mm) adjustment nut

DOslash mounting holes

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene cup

58Prime (16mm) Oslash threaded rod

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

4 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

5 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

7 Turn adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off all isolators about 18Prime such that the snubbers are not in contact with the housings

8 Ensure to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from the top and bottom of the housing

9 Check lower snubber nut and adjust as needed to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from housing

10 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut amp washer

SFS-SAshown with cut-away

34Prime (19 mm) Oslash threaded rod

hold-down nut amp washer

seismic restraint housing

compression cup

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment support washer

neoprene cup

snubber reinforcing pipeall-directional snubber

34Prime (19 mm) spring adjustment nut

SFS-1A2Ashown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

SFS-2Nshown with cut-away

For smaller loads when only two anchors are specified follow the pattern shown on the left image (install the two anchors diagonally in line with the housing bolts)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

housing

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm)

all-directional snubber

housing

SFS-SA2N Section View

SFS-1A2A Section View

anchor bolt

housing bolt

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHB-004 Supersedes INS-SHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHB Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

upper support rod

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

lower support rod

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig 1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup 5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 10: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NH-005 Supersedes INS-NH-004

Date 30 Mar 2012Date 15 Apr 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NH Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

NH1 2

hanger box

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

structure

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L

H

W

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NHE-001 Supersedes New

Date 14 Oct 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NHE-2 Neoprene Element Installation Instructions as a Floor Mount

NHE-2

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each mount from the submittal drawing using isolator model and color as identification

2 Depending on the hole size at the equipment feet or the seismic calculation requirements use one of the illustrated configurations on the left of the page

3 If there is no anchoring requirement always use configuration 14 Equipment feet should completely cover the top surface of NHE-2 for

configuration 1 If it doesnt place a 34Prime USS washer between NHE-2 and equipment

5 For seismic use SRB brackets or similar means to clamp anchor on the floor See seismic submittal for details

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

floor

floor NHE-2

cut off NHE-2sleeve with a sharputility knife

58Prime Oslash anchor

58Prime USS washer

GW 63

34Prime USS washer

Configuration 1

Configuration 2

NHE-2equipment

equipment

34Prime anchor

NHE-2 sleeverubber washer

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-AHCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

AHCS Equipment-Mounted Adjustable Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

AHCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

angle brackets rod Oslash

stop washer

equipment

duct

(a) 15Prime (381 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (5 per isolator)

x

Rod in Tension

2Prime min

8Prime max

14Prime (6mm) operating clearance

(a)

(b)

(b)

(c)

(c)

spring isolator with color-coded spring

direction of equipment movement

due to equipment operationairflow

backing plates as required to match angle brackets installed on other side

of equipmentduct wall (by others)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure that the bracket mounting locations are structurally sound for the installation of these thrust restraints

2 Pair of thrust restraints at height shown on submittal drawings using color-coded springs for identification

3 On unit start-up check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is insufficient turn adjustment nut counterclockwise until the clearance is correct If clearance is greater than 14Prime (6 mm) then adjust nut should be turned clockwise until clearance is correct Adjust snubbers equally on both sides of unit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCS Base-Mounted Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement)

(b)(c)

approx4Prime (102 mm)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

floor anchor bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

equipment base form

spring isolator with color-coded spring

(a)

direction of movement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCS

Rod in Tension

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (4 per isolator)(c) USS washer (3 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCSP-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCSP Base-Mounted Precompressed Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCSP

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

approx4Prime (102 mm)

Rod in Tension

(b)

(c)

equipment base form

stop washer

spring isolator with color-coded spring direction of m

ovement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCSP

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement) floor anchor

bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

(a)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (4 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose Turn the adjustment nuts clockwise to compress spring as shown on the submittal drawing

4 After unit startup check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is too little turn adjustment nut counterclockwise to unload spring until the proper clearance is achieved If clearance is too much turn the adjustment nut clockwise until proper clearance is achieved Adjust snubber equally on both sides of unit Operating clearance will show only when the unit is running

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-S-001 Supersedes INS-SRK-006

Date 11 Nov 2011Date 14 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint Kits (with Compression Sleeves)Installation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

x

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assumbled

thimble

structure

oval compression sleeve

400 800

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

2 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in fig 1

3 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

4 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

5 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets7 Slide oval sleeve onto cable8 Feed cable around thimble through hole in bracket9 Pass cable back through oval sleeve and pull the cable hand tight Back

out 18Prime slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Locate sleeve against loop and use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope and sleeve in position

10 Crimpswage oval sleeve with handswager starting in the middle of the sleeve (Fig 2) as many times as shown in Table 10

11 Slide crimp gauge over crimped sleeve to check size of crimps it must slide easily If it does not adjust tool and re-crimp

12 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)

13 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide two oval sleeves onto overlapping cables2 Crimp oval sleeves according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1 Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2Handswager Crimping Method

Correct Incorrect

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

of Crimps Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-400 312 (89) 3 34 (19)SRK-800 4 (102) 3 1 (25)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turnback

A B

① ①

② ②

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-007 Supersedes INS-SRK-C-001

Date 25 Nov 2014Date 11 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

turnback times2

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

thimble

wire rope clips

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assembled

both ends are field assembled

x

Do not alternate wire rope clip direction

Do not put saddle on ldquodead endrdquo of wire rope

turnback

1400 2880

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in Fig 1

4 Attach the preassembled ends (or field assembled ends for SRK-2880) to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets or for SRK-2880 place thimbles on screw pin shackles and attach shackles to brackets as shown above

7 Place two clips onto cable Do not tighten 8 Insert cable around thimble through hole in bracket or through shackle

(SRK-2880) 9 Pass cable back through clips and pull the cable hand tight Back out

18Prime (3 mm) slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope in position Locate clips as shown with one clip against the loop Refer to table below for spacing guidelines

10 Tighten the clips according to the torque values listed in Table 1011 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as

necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)12 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic

submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide four clips onto overlapping cables2 Tighten clips according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2

SRK-1400

SRK-2880

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

Torque

ftlb (Nm)

Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-1400 5 (127) 15 (20) 1 14 (32)SRK-2880 612 (165) 45 (61) 1 12 (38)

xx

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turn

back

= = =

VAB bracket

x

attachment to equipment

screw pin shackle thimble

wire rope clips

side view

A B

① ①

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SFS-009 Supersedes INS-SFS-008

Date 22 Oct 2013Date 26 Aug 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SFS Seismic Floor Mounted IsolatorInstallation Instructions

SFSSA 1A 2A

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic-restraint housing

all-directional snubber

adjustment nut

compression cup

mounting holes

threaded rod

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic restraint housing

all-directional snubber

58Prime (16 mm) adjustment nut

DOslash mounting holes

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene cup

58Prime (16mm) Oslash threaded rod

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

4 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

5 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

7 Turn adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off all isolators about 18Prime such that the snubbers are not in contact with the housings

8 Ensure to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from the top and bottom of the housing

9 Check lower snubber nut and adjust as needed to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from housing

10 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut amp washer

SFS-SAshown with cut-away

34Prime (19 mm) Oslash threaded rod

hold-down nut amp washer

seismic restraint housing

compression cup

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment support washer

neoprene cup

snubber reinforcing pipeall-directional snubber

34Prime (19 mm) spring adjustment nut

SFS-1A2Ashown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

SFS-2Nshown with cut-away

For smaller loads when only two anchors are specified follow the pattern shown on the left image (install the two anchors diagonally in line with the housing bolts)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

housing

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm)

all-directional snubber

housing

SFS-SA2N Section View

SFS-1A2A Section View

anchor bolt

housing bolt

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHB-004 Supersedes INS-SHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHB Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

upper support rod

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

lower support rod

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig 1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup 5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 11: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-NHE-001 Supersedes New

Date 14 Oct 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NHE-2 Neoprene Element Installation Instructions as a Floor Mount

NHE-2

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each mount from the submittal drawing using isolator model and color as identification

2 Depending on the hole size at the equipment feet or the seismic calculation requirements use one of the illustrated configurations on the left of the page

3 If there is no anchoring requirement always use configuration 14 Equipment feet should completely cover the top surface of NHE-2 for

configuration 1 If it doesnt place a 34Prime USS washer between NHE-2 and equipment

5 For seismic use SRB brackets or similar means to clamp anchor on the floor See seismic submittal for details

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

floor

floor NHE-2

cut off NHE-2sleeve with a sharputility knife

58Prime Oslash anchor

58Prime USS washer

GW 63

34Prime USS washer

Configuration 1

Configuration 2

NHE-2equipment

equipment

34Prime anchor

NHE-2 sleeverubber washer

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-AHCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

AHCS Equipment-Mounted Adjustable Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

AHCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

angle brackets rod Oslash

stop washer

equipment

duct

(a) 15Prime (381 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (5 per isolator)

x

Rod in Tension

2Prime min

8Prime max

14Prime (6mm) operating clearance

(a)

(b)

(b)

(c)

(c)

spring isolator with color-coded spring

direction of equipment movement

due to equipment operationairflow

backing plates as required to match angle brackets installed on other side

of equipmentduct wall (by others)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure that the bracket mounting locations are structurally sound for the installation of these thrust restraints

2 Pair of thrust restraints at height shown on submittal drawings using color-coded springs for identification

3 On unit start-up check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is insufficient turn adjustment nut counterclockwise until the clearance is correct If clearance is greater than 14Prime (6 mm) then adjust nut should be turned clockwise until clearance is correct Adjust snubbers equally on both sides of unit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCS Base-Mounted Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement)

(b)(c)

approx4Prime (102 mm)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

floor anchor bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

equipment base form

spring isolator with color-coded spring

(a)

direction of movement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCS

Rod in Tension

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (4 per isolator)(c) USS washer (3 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCSP-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCSP Base-Mounted Precompressed Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCSP

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

approx4Prime (102 mm)

Rod in Tension

(b)

(c)

equipment base form

stop washer

spring isolator with color-coded spring direction of m

ovement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCSP

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement) floor anchor

bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

(a)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (4 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose Turn the adjustment nuts clockwise to compress spring as shown on the submittal drawing

4 After unit startup check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is too little turn adjustment nut counterclockwise to unload spring until the proper clearance is achieved If clearance is too much turn the adjustment nut clockwise until proper clearance is achieved Adjust snubber equally on both sides of unit Operating clearance will show only when the unit is running

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-S-001 Supersedes INS-SRK-006

Date 11 Nov 2011Date 14 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint Kits (with Compression Sleeves)Installation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

x

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assumbled

thimble

structure

oval compression sleeve

400 800

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

2 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in fig 1

3 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

4 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

5 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets7 Slide oval sleeve onto cable8 Feed cable around thimble through hole in bracket9 Pass cable back through oval sleeve and pull the cable hand tight Back

out 18Prime slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Locate sleeve against loop and use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope and sleeve in position

10 Crimpswage oval sleeve with handswager starting in the middle of the sleeve (Fig 2) as many times as shown in Table 10

11 Slide crimp gauge over crimped sleeve to check size of crimps it must slide easily If it does not adjust tool and re-crimp

12 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)

13 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide two oval sleeves onto overlapping cables2 Crimp oval sleeves according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1 Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2Handswager Crimping Method

Correct Incorrect

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

of Crimps Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-400 312 (89) 3 34 (19)SRK-800 4 (102) 3 1 (25)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turnback

A B

① ①

② ②

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-007 Supersedes INS-SRK-C-001

Date 25 Nov 2014Date 11 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

turnback times2

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

thimble

wire rope clips

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assembled

both ends are field assembled

x

Do not alternate wire rope clip direction

Do not put saddle on ldquodead endrdquo of wire rope

turnback

1400 2880

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in Fig 1

4 Attach the preassembled ends (or field assembled ends for SRK-2880) to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets or for SRK-2880 place thimbles on screw pin shackles and attach shackles to brackets as shown above

7 Place two clips onto cable Do not tighten 8 Insert cable around thimble through hole in bracket or through shackle

(SRK-2880) 9 Pass cable back through clips and pull the cable hand tight Back out

18Prime (3 mm) slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope in position Locate clips as shown with one clip against the loop Refer to table below for spacing guidelines

10 Tighten the clips according to the torque values listed in Table 1011 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as

necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)12 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic

submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide four clips onto overlapping cables2 Tighten clips according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2

SRK-1400

SRK-2880

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

Torque

ftlb (Nm)

Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-1400 5 (127) 15 (20) 1 14 (32)SRK-2880 612 (165) 45 (61) 1 12 (38)

xx

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turn

back

= = =

VAB bracket

x

attachment to equipment

screw pin shackle thimble

wire rope clips

side view

A B

① ①

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SFS-009 Supersedes INS-SFS-008

Date 22 Oct 2013Date 26 Aug 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SFS Seismic Floor Mounted IsolatorInstallation Instructions

SFSSA 1A 2A

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic-restraint housing

all-directional snubber

adjustment nut

compression cup

mounting holes

threaded rod

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic restraint housing

all-directional snubber

58Prime (16 mm) adjustment nut

DOslash mounting holes

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene cup

58Prime (16mm) Oslash threaded rod

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

4 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

5 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

7 Turn adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off all isolators about 18Prime such that the snubbers are not in contact with the housings

8 Ensure to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from the top and bottom of the housing

9 Check lower snubber nut and adjust as needed to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from housing

10 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut amp washer

SFS-SAshown with cut-away

34Prime (19 mm) Oslash threaded rod

hold-down nut amp washer

seismic restraint housing

compression cup

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment support washer

neoprene cup

snubber reinforcing pipeall-directional snubber

34Prime (19 mm) spring adjustment nut

SFS-1A2Ashown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

SFS-2Nshown with cut-away

For smaller loads when only two anchors are specified follow the pattern shown on the left image (install the two anchors diagonally in line with the housing bolts)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

housing

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm)

all-directional snubber

housing

SFS-SA2N Section View

SFS-1A2A Section View

anchor bolt

housing bolt

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHB-004 Supersedes INS-SHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHB Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

upper support rod

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

lower support rod

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig 1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup 5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 12: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-AHCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

AHCS Equipment-Mounted Adjustable Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

AHCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

angle brackets rod Oslash

stop washer

equipment

duct

(a) 15Prime (381 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (5 per isolator)

x

Rod in Tension

2Prime min

8Prime max

14Prime (6mm) operating clearance

(a)

(b)

(b)

(c)

(c)

spring isolator with color-coded spring

direction of equipment movement

due to equipment operationairflow

backing plates as required to match angle brackets installed on other side

of equipmentduct wall (by others)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure that the bracket mounting locations are structurally sound for the installation of these thrust restraints

2 Pair of thrust restraints at height shown on submittal drawings using color-coded springs for identification

3 On unit start-up check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is insufficient turn adjustment nut counterclockwise until the clearance is correct If clearance is greater than 14Prime (6 mm) then adjust nut should be turned clockwise until clearance is correct Adjust snubbers equally on both sides of unit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCS Base-Mounted Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement)

(b)(c)

approx4Prime (102 mm)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

floor anchor bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

equipment base form

spring isolator with color-coded spring

(a)

direction of movement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCS

Rod in Tension

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (4 per isolator)(c) USS washer (3 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCSP-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCSP Base-Mounted Precompressed Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCSP

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

approx4Prime (102 mm)

Rod in Tension

(b)

(c)

equipment base form

stop washer

spring isolator with color-coded spring direction of m

ovement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCSP

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement) floor anchor

bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

(a)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (4 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose Turn the adjustment nuts clockwise to compress spring as shown on the submittal drawing

4 After unit startup check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is too little turn adjustment nut counterclockwise to unload spring until the proper clearance is achieved If clearance is too much turn the adjustment nut clockwise until proper clearance is achieved Adjust snubber equally on both sides of unit Operating clearance will show only when the unit is running

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-S-001 Supersedes INS-SRK-006

Date 11 Nov 2011Date 14 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint Kits (with Compression Sleeves)Installation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

x

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assumbled

thimble

structure

oval compression sleeve

400 800

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

2 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in fig 1

3 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

4 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

5 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets7 Slide oval sleeve onto cable8 Feed cable around thimble through hole in bracket9 Pass cable back through oval sleeve and pull the cable hand tight Back

out 18Prime slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Locate sleeve against loop and use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope and sleeve in position

10 Crimpswage oval sleeve with handswager starting in the middle of the sleeve (Fig 2) as many times as shown in Table 10

11 Slide crimp gauge over crimped sleeve to check size of crimps it must slide easily If it does not adjust tool and re-crimp

12 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)

13 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide two oval sleeves onto overlapping cables2 Crimp oval sleeves according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1 Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2Handswager Crimping Method

Correct Incorrect

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

of Crimps Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-400 312 (89) 3 34 (19)SRK-800 4 (102) 3 1 (25)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turnback

A B

① ①

② ②

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-007 Supersedes INS-SRK-C-001

Date 25 Nov 2014Date 11 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

turnback times2

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

thimble

wire rope clips

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assembled

both ends are field assembled

x

Do not alternate wire rope clip direction

Do not put saddle on ldquodead endrdquo of wire rope

turnback

1400 2880

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in Fig 1

4 Attach the preassembled ends (or field assembled ends for SRK-2880) to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets or for SRK-2880 place thimbles on screw pin shackles and attach shackles to brackets as shown above

7 Place two clips onto cable Do not tighten 8 Insert cable around thimble through hole in bracket or through shackle

(SRK-2880) 9 Pass cable back through clips and pull the cable hand tight Back out

18Prime (3 mm) slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope in position Locate clips as shown with one clip against the loop Refer to table below for spacing guidelines

10 Tighten the clips according to the torque values listed in Table 1011 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as

necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)12 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic

submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide four clips onto overlapping cables2 Tighten clips according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2

SRK-1400

SRK-2880

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

Torque

ftlb (Nm)

Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-1400 5 (127) 15 (20) 1 14 (32)SRK-2880 612 (165) 45 (61) 1 12 (38)

xx

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turn

back

= = =

VAB bracket

x

attachment to equipment

screw pin shackle thimble

wire rope clips

side view

A B

① ①

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SFS-009 Supersedes INS-SFS-008

Date 22 Oct 2013Date 26 Aug 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SFS Seismic Floor Mounted IsolatorInstallation Instructions

SFSSA 1A 2A

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic-restraint housing

all-directional snubber

adjustment nut

compression cup

mounting holes

threaded rod

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic restraint housing

all-directional snubber

58Prime (16 mm) adjustment nut

DOslash mounting holes

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene cup

58Prime (16mm) Oslash threaded rod

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

4 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

5 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

7 Turn adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off all isolators about 18Prime such that the snubbers are not in contact with the housings

8 Ensure to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from the top and bottom of the housing

9 Check lower snubber nut and adjust as needed to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from housing

10 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut amp washer

SFS-SAshown with cut-away

34Prime (19 mm) Oslash threaded rod

hold-down nut amp washer

seismic restraint housing

compression cup

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment support washer

neoprene cup

snubber reinforcing pipeall-directional snubber

34Prime (19 mm) spring adjustment nut

SFS-1A2Ashown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

SFS-2Nshown with cut-away

For smaller loads when only two anchors are specified follow the pattern shown on the left image (install the two anchors diagonally in line with the housing bolts)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

housing

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm)

all-directional snubber

housing

SFS-SA2N Section View

SFS-1A2A Section View

anchor bolt

housing bolt

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHB-004 Supersedes INS-SHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHB Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

upper support rod

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

lower support rod

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig 1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup 5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 13: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCS-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCS Base-Mounted Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCS

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement)

(b)(c)

approx4Prime (102 mm)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

floor anchor bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

equipment base form

spring isolator with color-coded spring

(a)

direction of movement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCS

Rod in Tension

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (4 per isolator)(c) USS washer (3 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCSP-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCSP Base-Mounted Precompressed Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCSP

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

approx4Prime (102 mm)

Rod in Tension

(b)

(c)

equipment base form

stop washer

spring isolator with color-coded spring direction of m

ovement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCSP

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement) floor anchor

bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

(a)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (4 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose Turn the adjustment nuts clockwise to compress spring as shown on the submittal drawing

4 After unit startup check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is too little turn adjustment nut counterclockwise to unload spring until the proper clearance is achieved If clearance is too much turn the adjustment nut clockwise until proper clearance is achieved Adjust snubber equally on both sides of unit Operating clearance will show only when the unit is running

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-S-001 Supersedes INS-SRK-006

Date 11 Nov 2011Date 14 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint Kits (with Compression Sleeves)Installation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

x

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assumbled

thimble

structure

oval compression sleeve

400 800

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

2 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in fig 1

3 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

4 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

5 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets7 Slide oval sleeve onto cable8 Feed cable around thimble through hole in bracket9 Pass cable back through oval sleeve and pull the cable hand tight Back

out 18Prime slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Locate sleeve against loop and use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope and sleeve in position

10 Crimpswage oval sleeve with handswager starting in the middle of the sleeve (Fig 2) as many times as shown in Table 10

11 Slide crimp gauge over crimped sleeve to check size of crimps it must slide easily If it does not adjust tool and re-crimp

12 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)

13 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide two oval sleeves onto overlapping cables2 Crimp oval sleeves according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1 Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2Handswager Crimping Method

Correct Incorrect

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

of Crimps Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-400 312 (89) 3 34 (19)SRK-800 4 (102) 3 1 (25)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turnback

A B

① ①

② ②

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-007 Supersedes INS-SRK-C-001

Date 25 Nov 2014Date 11 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

turnback times2

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

thimble

wire rope clips

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assembled

both ends are field assembled

x

Do not alternate wire rope clip direction

Do not put saddle on ldquodead endrdquo of wire rope

turnback

1400 2880

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in Fig 1

4 Attach the preassembled ends (or field assembled ends for SRK-2880) to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets or for SRK-2880 place thimbles on screw pin shackles and attach shackles to brackets as shown above

7 Place two clips onto cable Do not tighten 8 Insert cable around thimble through hole in bracket or through shackle

(SRK-2880) 9 Pass cable back through clips and pull the cable hand tight Back out

18Prime (3 mm) slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope in position Locate clips as shown with one clip against the loop Refer to table below for spacing guidelines

10 Tighten the clips according to the torque values listed in Table 1011 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as

necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)12 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic

submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide four clips onto overlapping cables2 Tighten clips according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2

SRK-1400

SRK-2880

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

Torque

ftlb (Nm)

Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-1400 5 (127) 15 (20) 1 14 (32)SRK-2880 612 (165) 45 (61) 1 12 (38)

xx

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turn

back

= = =

VAB bracket

x

attachment to equipment

screw pin shackle thimble

wire rope clips

side view

A B

① ①

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SFS-009 Supersedes INS-SFS-008

Date 22 Oct 2013Date 26 Aug 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SFS Seismic Floor Mounted IsolatorInstallation Instructions

SFSSA 1A 2A

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic-restraint housing

all-directional snubber

adjustment nut

compression cup

mounting holes

threaded rod

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic restraint housing

all-directional snubber

58Prime (16 mm) adjustment nut

DOslash mounting holes

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene cup

58Prime (16mm) Oslash threaded rod

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

4 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

5 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

7 Turn adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off all isolators about 18Prime such that the snubbers are not in contact with the housings

8 Ensure to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from the top and bottom of the housing

9 Check lower snubber nut and adjust as needed to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from housing

10 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut amp washer

SFS-SAshown with cut-away

34Prime (19 mm) Oslash threaded rod

hold-down nut amp washer

seismic restraint housing

compression cup

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment support washer

neoprene cup

snubber reinforcing pipeall-directional snubber

34Prime (19 mm) spring adjustment nut

SFS-1A2Ashown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

SFS-2Nshown with cut-away

For smaller loads when only two anchors are specified follow the pattern shown on the left image (install the two anchors diagonally in line with the housing bolts)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

housing

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm)

all-directional snubber

housing

SFS-SA2N Section View

SFS-1A2A Section View

anchor bolt

housing bolt

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHB-004 Supersedes INS-SHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHB Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

upper support rod

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

lower support rod

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig 1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup 5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 14: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-HCSP-001 Supersedes New

Date 25 Nov 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

HCSP Base-Mounted Precompressed Thrust Restraints Installation Instructions

HCSP

PLAN VIEW DETAIL

approx4Prime (102 mm)

Rod in Tension

(b)

(c)

equipment base form

stop washer

spring isolator with color-coded spring direction of m

ovement due

to equipment operationairflow

HCSP

base bracket attached to base(dimensions to fit job requirement) floor anchor

bracket(dimensions amp anchorage to fit job requirement)

(a)

typical height 2Prime (51 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance

(a) 12Prime (305 mm) long threaded rod(b) Full hex nuts (6 per isolator)(c) USS washer (4 per isolator)

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Install pair of thrust restraints only after base and equipment have been adjusted on isolators to proper operating height

2 Install floor bracket spring assembly and threaded rod according to the submittal drawing which shows dimensions equipment tagging and spring color code

3 After parts are assembled align threaded rod through the oversized hole so that it does not touch anchor bracket Put some tension on the threaded rod by turning an adjustment nut so that the rod is not hanging loose Turn the adjustment nuts clockwise to compress spring as shown on the submittal drawing

4 After unit startup check to ensure that the 14Prime (6 mm) operating clearance is present If clearance is too little turn adjustment nut counterclockwise to unload spring until the proper clearance is achieved If clearance is too much turn the adjustment nut clockwise until proper clearance is achieved Adjust snubber equally on both sides of unit Operating clearance will show only when the unit is running

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-S-001 Supersedes INS-SRK-006

Date 11 Nov 2011Date 14 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint Kits (with Compression Sleeves)Installation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

x

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assumbled

thimble

structure

oval compression sleeve

400 800

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

2 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in fig 1

3 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

4 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

5 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets7 Slide oval sleeve onto cable8 Feed cable around thimble through hole in bracket9 Pass cable back through oval sleeve and pull the cable hand tight Back

out 18Prime slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Locate sleeve against loop and use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope and sleeve in position

10 Crimpswage oval sleeve with handswager starting in the middle of the sleeve (Fig 2) as many times as shown in Table 10

11 Slide crimp gauge over crimped sleeve to check size of crimps it must slide easily If it does not adjust tool and re-crimp

12 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)

13 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide two oval sleeves onto overlapping cables2 Crimp oval sleeves according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1 Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2Handswager Crimping Method

Correct Incorrect

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

of Crimps Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-400 312 (89) 3 34 (19)SRK-800 4 (102) 3 1 (25)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turnback

A B

① ①

② ②

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-007 Supersedes INS-SRK-C-001

Date 25 Nov 2014Date 11 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

turnback times2

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

thimble

wire rope clips

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assembled

both ends are field assembled

x

Do not alternate wire rope clip direction

Do not put saddle on ldquodead endrdquo of wire rope

turnback

1400 2880

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in Fig 1

4 Attach the preassembled ends (or field assembled ends for SRK-2880) to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets or for SRK-2880 place thimbles on screw pin shackles and attach shackles to brackets as shown above

7 Place two clips onto cable Do not tighten 8 Insert cable around thimble through hole in bracket or through shackle

(SRK-2880) 9 Pass cable back through clips and pull the cable hand tight Back out

18Prime (3 mm) slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope in position Locate clips as shown with one clip against the loop Refer to table below for spacing guidelines

10 Tighten the clips according to the torque values listed in Table 1011 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as

necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)12 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic

submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide four clips onto overlapping cables2 Tighten clips according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2

SRK-1400

SRK-2880

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

Torque

ftlb (Nm)

Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-1400 5 (127) 15 (20) 1 14 (32)SRK-2880 612 (165) 45 (61) 1 12 (38)

xx

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turn

back

= = =

VAB bracket

x

attachment to equipment

screw pin shackle thimble

wire rope clips

side view

A B

① ①

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SFS-009 Supersedes INS-SFS-008

Date 22 Oct 2013Date 26 Aug 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SFS Seismic Floor Mounted IsolatorInstallation Instructions

SFSSA 1A 2A

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic-restraint housing

all-directional snubber

adjustment nut

compression cup

mounting holes

threaded rod

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic restraint housing

all-directional snubber

58Prime (16 mm) adjustment nut

DOslash mounting holes

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene cup

58Prime (16mm) Oslash threaded rod

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

4 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

5 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

7 Turn adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off all isolators about 18Prime such that the snubbers are not in contact with the housings

8 Ensure to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from the top and bottom of the housing

9 Check lower snubber nut and adjust as needed to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from housing

10 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut amp washer

SFS-SAshown with cut-away

34Prime (19 mm) Oslash threaded rod

hold-down nut amp washer

seismic restraint housing

compression cup

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment support washer

neoprene cup

snubber reinforcing pipeall-directional snubber

34Prime (19 mm) spring adjustment nut

SFS-1A2Ashown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

SFS-2Nshown with cut-away

For smaller loads when only two anchors are specified follow the pattern shown on the left image (install the two anchors diagonally in line with the housing bolts)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

housing

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm)

all-directional snubber

housing

SFS-SA2N Section View

SFS-1A2A Section View

anchor bolt

housing bolt

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHB-004 Supersedes INS-SHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHB Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

upper support rod

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

lower support rod

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig 1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup 5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 15: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-S-001 Supersedes INS-SRK-006

Date 11 Nov 2011Date 14 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint Kits (with Compression Sleeves)Installation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

x

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assumbled

thimble

structure

oval compression sleeve

400 800

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

2 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in fig 1

3 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

4 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

5 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets7 Slide oval sleeve onto cable8 Feed cable around thimble through hole in bracket9 Pass cable back through oval sleeve and pull the cable hand tight Back

out 18Prime slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Locate sleeve against loop and use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope and sleeve in position

10 Crimpswage oval sleeve with handswager starting in the middle of the sleeve (Fig 2) as many times as shown in Table 10

11 Slide crimp gauge over crimped sleeve to check size of crimps it must slide easily If it does not adjust tool and re-crimp

12 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)

13 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide two oval sleeves onto overlapping cables2 Crimp oval sleeves according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1 Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2Handswager Crimping Method

Correct Incorrect

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

of Crimps Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-400 312 (89) 3 34 (19)SRK-800 4 (102) 3 1 (25)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turnback

A B

① ①

② ②

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-007 Supersedes INS-SRK-C-001

Date 25 Nov 2014Date 11 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

turnback times2

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

thimble

wire rope clips

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assembled

both ends are field assembled

x

Do not alternate wire rope clip direction

Do not put saddle on ldquodead endrdquo of wire rope

turnback

1400 2880

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in Fig 1

4 Attach the preassembled ends (or field assembled ends for SRK-2880) to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets or for SRK-2880 place thimbles on screw pin shackles and attach shackles to brackets as shown above

7 Place two clips onto cable Do not tighten 8 Insert cable around thimble through hole in bracket or through shackle

(SRK-2880) 9 Pass cable back through clips and pull the cable hand tight Back out

18Prime (3 mm) slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope in position Locate clips as shown with one clip against the loop Refer to table below for spacing guidelines

10 Tighten the clips according to the torque values listed in Table 1011 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as

necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)12 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic

submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide four clips onto overlapping cables2 Tighten clips according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2

SRK-1400

SRK-2880

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

Torque

ftlb (Nm)

Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-1400 5 (127) 15 (20) 1 14 (32)SRK-2880 612 (165) 45 (61) 1 12 (38)

xx

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turn

back

= = =

VAB bracket

x

attachment to equipment

screw pin shackle thimble

wire rope clips

side view

A B

① ①

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SFS-009 Supersedes INS-SFS-008

Date 22 Oct 2013Date 26 Aug 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SFS Seismic Floor Mounted IsolatorInstallation Instructions

SFSSA 1A 2A

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic-restraint housing

all-directional snubber

adjustment nut

compression cup

mounting holes

threaded rod

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic restraint housing

all-directional snubber

58Prime (16 mm) adjustment nut

DOslash mounting holes

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene cup

58Prime (16mm) Oslash threaded rod

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

4 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

5 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

7 Turn adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off all isolators about 18Prime such that the snubbers are not in contact with the housings

8 Ensure to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from the top and bottom of the housing

9 Check lower snubber nut and adjust as needed to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from housing

10 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut amp washer

SFS-SAshown with cut-away

34Prime (19 mm) Oslash threaded rod

hold-down nut amp washer

seismic restraint housing

compression cup

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment support washer

neoprene cup

snubber reinforcing pipeall-directional snubber

34Prime (19 mm) spring adjustment nut

SFS-1A2Ashown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

SFS-2Nshown with cut-away

For smaller loads when only two anchors are specified follow the pattern shown on the left image (install the two anchors diagonally in line with the housing bolts)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

housing

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm)

all-directional snubber

housing

SFS-SA2N Section View

SFS-1A2A Section View

anchor bolt

housing bolt

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHB-004 Supersedes INS-SHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHB Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

upper support rod

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

lower support rod

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig 1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup 5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 16: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-007 Supersedes INS-SRK-C-001

Date 25 Nov 2014Date 11 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

turnback times2

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Seismic Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

SRK

attachment to equipment

VAB bracket

thimble

wire rope clips

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

this end is preassembled at factory

this end is field assembled

both ends are field assembled

x

Do not alternate wire rope clip direction

Do not put saddle on ldquodead endrdquo of wire rope

turnback

1400 2880

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints) B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard SRK cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use either bulk cable with field-assembled ends or splice the cables as shown in Fig 1

4 Attach the preassembled ends (or field assembled ends for SRK-2880) to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Insert thimbles through the free holes in the brackets or for SRK-2880 place thimbles on screw pin shackles and attach shackles to brackets as shown above

7 Place two clips onto cable Do not tighten 8 Insert cable around thimble through hole in bracket or through shackle

(SRK-2880) 9 Pass cable back through clips and pull the cable hand tight Back out

18Prime (3 mm) slack (do not support dead weight) but ensure that when finished cable will not sag more than 14Prime Use a spring clamp or some other method to temporarily hold wire rope in position Locate clips as shown with one clip against the loop Refer to table below for spacing guidelines

10 Tighten the clips according to the torque values listed in Table 1011 Check that cable sag does not exceed 14Prime Adjust restraint point as

necessary (eg slide pipe clamp farther away to reduce sag)12 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic

submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

1 Slide four clips onto overlapping cables2 Tighten clips according to instructions3 Cables must be equal size

Fig 1Field Connection for Splicing or Extending Wire Rope Length

Fig 2

SRK-1400

SRK-2880

Table 10

Model Minimum Turnback

in (mm)

Torque

ftlb (Nm)

Minimum x

in (mm)SRK-1400 5 (127) 15 (20) 1 14 (32)SRK-2880 612 (165) 45 (61) 1 12 (38)

xx

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

turn

back

= = =

VAB bracket

x

attachment to equipment

screw pin shackle thimble

wire rope clips

side view

A B

① ①

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SFS-009 Supersedes INS-SFS-008

Date 22 Oct 2013Date 26 Aug 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SFS Seismic Floor Mounted IsolatorInstallation Instructions

SFSSA 1A 2A

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic-restraint housing

all-directional snubber

adjustment nut

compression cup

mounting holes

threaded rod

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic restraint housing

all-directional snubber

58Prime (16 mm) adjustment nut

DOslash mounting holes

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene cup

58Prime (16mm) Oslash threaded rod

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

4 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

5 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

7 Turn adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off all isolators about 18Prime such that the snubbers are not in contact with the housings

8 Ensure to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from the top and bottom of the housing

9 Check lower snubber nut and adjust as needed to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from housing

10 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut amp washer

SFS-SAshown with cut-away

34Prime (19 mm) Oslash threaded rod

hold-down nut amp washer

seismic restraint housing

compression cup

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment support washer

neoprene cup

snubber reinforcing pipeall-directional snubber

34Prime (19 mm) spring adjustment nut

SFS-1A2Ashown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

SFS-2Nshown with cut-away

For smaller loads when only two anchors are specified follow the pattern shown on the left image (install the two anchors diagonally in line with the housing bolts)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

housing

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm)

all-directional snubber

housing

SFS-SA2N Section View

SFS-1A2A Section View

anchor bolt

housing bolt

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHB-004 Supersedes INS-SHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHB Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

upper support rod

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

lower support rod

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig 1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup 5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 17: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SFS-009 Supersedes INS-SFS-008

Date 22 Oct 2013Date 26 Aug 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SFS Seismic Floor Mounted IsolatorInstallation Instructions

SFSSA 1A 2A

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic-restraint housing

all-directional snubber

adjustment nut

compression cup

mounting holes

threaded rod

color-coded spring(s) (single or nested)

neoprene cup

hold-down nut amp washer

equipment support washer

seismic restraint housing

all-directional snubber

58Prime (16 mm) adjustment nut

DOslash mounting holes

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene cup

58Prime (16mm) Oslash threaded rod

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from the isolators2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color(s) as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

4 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

5 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

7 Turn adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off all isolators about 18Prime such that the snubbers are not in contact with the housings

8 Ensure to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from the top and bottom of the housing

9 Check lower snubber nut and adjust as needed to keep approximately 18Prime clearance from housing

10 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut amp washer

SFS-SAshown with cut-away

34Prime (19 mm) Oslash threaded rod

hold-down nut amp washer

seismic restraint housing

compression cup

color-coded spring(s)(single or nested)

equipment support washer

neoprene cup

snubber reinforcing pipeall-directional snubber

34Prime (19 mm) spring adjustment nut

SFS-1A2Ashown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

SFS-2Nshown with cut-away

For smaller loads when only two anchors are specified follow the pattern shown on the left image (install the two anchors diagonally in line with the housing bolts)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

housing

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm)

all-directional snubber

housing

SFS-SA2N Section View

SFS-1A2A Section View

anchor bolt

housing bolt

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHB-004 Supersedes INS-SHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHB Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

upper support rod

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

lower support rod

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig 1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup 5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 18: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHB-004 Supersedes INS-SHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHB Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nutand washer

H

lower support rod

upper support rod

washer and nut

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

upper support rod

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

structure

OR

fig 1

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

14Prime (6 mm)max

vertical uplift stopwasher(required for applications with seismic restraints)

lower support rod

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate including vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts as required for seismic restraint applications (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure (see

fig 1 for applications with seismic restraints)3 If seismic restraint is required install vertical uplift stopwasher and

associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 2)4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression

cup 5 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod 6 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut Be careful

not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally7 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments 8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load

the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Model shown with cut-away

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 19: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHRB-003 Supersedes INS-SHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHR Spring Hanger with Neopreneand Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHRBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

upper support rod

lower support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer H

neoprene element

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional)

color-coded spring

vertical uplift stopwasher

hanger box

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm) maxfig 1

fig 2

For Applications with Seismic Restraints Only

lower support rod

Model shown with cut-away

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers aligning

rods in the center of each hole Add washers and nuts as appropriate For seismic restraint applications position the hanger 14Prime away from the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (fig 1 and 2)

5 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

Option B Before systemequipment is installed 1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and spring color(s) as identification 2 Attach spring hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure 3 If seismic restraint is required install the hanger box 14Prime away from

the structure and install a vertical uplift stopwasher and associated jam nuts on lower support rod (see fig 1 and 2)

4 Align support rod in center of the lower hole and attach to compression cup Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the adjustment nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any

further adjustments Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

7 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and hanger box is not in contact with structure For seismic restraint applications ensure the clearances between the hanger box and both the structure and vertical uplift stopwasher are 14Prime (fig 1 and 2)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

neoprene bottom cup

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 20: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHB-004 Supersedes INS-PSHB-003

Date 16 Jun 2015Date 16 Nov 2011

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

PSHB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHBSN 1 2

L W

hanger box

washer and nut

compression cup

adjustment nut and washer

H

precompression plate

hanger box

bottom cup

jam nuts

coupling

upper support rod

H2color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

structure

OR

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

14Prime (6 mm)

For upper support rods that are 58Prime diameter and smaller use 58Prime USS wide washers at the housings If smaller washers are needed use wide washers (USS) and stack them Washers by others

only when no washer needs to be stacked

Model shown with cut-away

14Prime (6 mm)

fig 2

INSTRUCTIONSOption A After systemequipment has been hung

1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and either add an additional nut and washer to lock the position of the box or locate within 14Prime of the structure (see fig 1) The isolator may also be secured tight to the structure if desired

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rod

support rod

neoprene bottom cup

precompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 21: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-PSHRB-003 Supersedes INS-PSHRB-002

Date 16 Nov 2011Date 3 Jun 2011

PSHRB Precompressed Spring Hanger with Neoprene and Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

PSHRBSN 1 2

precompression plate

hanger box

jam nuts

coupling

14Prime (6 mm)

L

hanger box

upper support rod

support rod

compression cup

washer and nut

adjustment nut and washer

H

neoprene element

W

H2

color-coded spring precompressed to

23 of deflection at rated load

14Prime (6 mm)fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

Model shown with cut-away

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A After systemequipment has been hung 1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating weight

Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed 2 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut3 Cut support rods removing an amount approximately equal to 15Prime plus the

ldquoHrdquo dimension of the isolator being installed 4 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and

spring color(s) as identification 5 Install hangers aligning rods in the center of each hole Add washers nuts

and a coupling as appropriate For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Turn the adjustment nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

8 When adjusting isolators on a pipe run or equipment be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

9 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Option B Before systemequipment is installed

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Attach precompressed spring hanger to a threaded rod support to structure For seismic applications add a second jam nut under the precompression plate and locate the hanger box within 14Prime of but without touching the structure (see fig 1)

3 Attach a coupling to the threaded rod supplied with the precompressed hanger and attach to equipmentpipe support rod

4 Attach equipment or pipe to support rod being careful not to overload any one hanger Provide temporary supports as required

5 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making any further adjustments

6 Turn jam nut(s) as required to leave a 14Prime gap between the hanger box and the precompression plate Continue maintaining this 14Prime gap while completing the installation

7 Adjust the supported pipe or equipment level by turning the adjustment nut Adjust the hangers proportionally following the sequence below as an example

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the hanger box at the lower hole and the precompression plate clearance is 14Prime (fig 2) For seismic applications tighten two jam nuts under the precompression plate against each other

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

bottom cup

neoprene bottom cup

coupling for attaching to support rod

hanger rodprecompression plate

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 22: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SHCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 22 Sep 2010Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SHCB Ceiling Hanger with Bottom Cup Installation Instructions

SHCB

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

eyebolt for ceiling wire

compression cup

neoprene bottom cup

color-coded spring

H

L W

hole for ceiling wire

hanger box

compression cup

color-coded spring

neoprene bottom cup

adjustment nut and steel washer

adjustment nut and steel washer

H

SN

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and spring color as identification

2 Attach ceiling wire to hanger box through top hole 3 For type SHCB-SN align support rod in center of the lower hole and

attach to compression cup Attach ceiling support frame to lower threaded rod (SHCB-SN) or eye bolt (SHCHB-SN)

4 Adjust ceiling support frame level with the adjustment nut as needed5 Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally6 After adjustment is complete be sure the rod is not touching the bottom

cup at the lower hole 7 Finish installation of ceiling (eg add layers of gypsum wallboard)

SHC-SNshown with cut-away

SHCH-SNshown with cut-away

ceiling support rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 23: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SIPS-003Supersedes INS-SIPS-002

Date 6 Jun 2014 Date 23 Jul 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SIPS Seismic Inline Pump Stands (US Design Patent No D699549 S)

Installation Instructions

SIPS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is level and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic design forces If mounting to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 It is common installation practice to assemble the inline pump along with its adjoining accessories before mounting on the seismic inline pump stands to ensure proper location of the stands Provide temporary supports for the inline pump while locating the pump stands and do not attach vertical pipe drops until the stands are securely in place

3 Properly locate each pump stand from the submittal drawing using stand model and size as identification Locate anchor bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts) The pump assembly may need to be temporarily moved aside or lifted out of the way

4 Pump stands are to be installed on the accessory or connected pipe side of the flange connection as shown This can allow complete removal of the pump body without removal of the pump stands

5 If vibration isolation pads are included install them as shown here

6 Place the seismic inline pump stands onto the anchor bolts (and isolation pads if included) Install the grommet washers and the hold-down nuts and washer hand-tight as shown

7 Place the pump assembly onto the pump stands and secure the flanges to the stands Long flange bolts may be required to accommodate the additional thickness of the pump stands Torque bolts as required

8 Complete inline pump installation with connecting pipe and accessories attachment Ensure connecting pipe weight does not bear on pump stands but is held by other means (eg precompressed spring isolation hangers)

SIPS without Pads

SIPS with Pads

Section A-A without pads

Section A-A with mechanical anchors

ANCHOR DETAILS

Section A-A with adhesive anchors

(anchor clamping nut not required)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

grommet washer

anchor clamping nut (torque to anchor manufacturer specifications)

housekeeping pad

SIPS standhold-down nuts and washer(snug-tight)

optional vibration isolation pad

anchor clamping nut(torque to anchor

manufacturer specifications)

seismic concreteanchor bolt

A

A

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 24: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RS1-007 Supersedes INS-RS1-006

Date 9 Oct 2014 Date 13 Nov 2013

Model Torque Brace Size Max Rod Size

Weight

ftlb Nm in mm lb kg

VAC-1 25 34 1Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm)

58 16 040 018

VAC-2 30 41 1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (38 mm times 38 mm times 6 mm) 1 25 085 039

NOTES bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rod bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locations

Rod Stiffener Detail

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Installation Instructions

RS-1

vibration isolator

duct or pipe support

uplift stopwasher and nuts

0Prime to 14Prime (6 mm) gap (max)

18Prime (3 mm) to 14Prime (6 mm) gap

hold down nut and washer

component support

rod stiffener clamp

rod stiffener clamp

angle brace

anglebrace

bolt

lock nut

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Forcein mm in mm lb kN

38 10 19 482 171 07612 12 25 635 312 13958 16 31 787 495 22034 20 37 940 721 32178 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 5551 18 30 56 1422 1593 7091 14 36 62 1575 1981 881

(1) L= Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Note the size of the rod stiffener clamp as indicated in the submittal package for that restraint location Use the appropriate rod stiffener angle brace as shown in the table below

5 Cut the angle brace to length no more than 8Prime shorter than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions

6 Position the angle brace against the rod and slide the correct number of clamps onto the brace and rod as shown on the left

7 Move the lock nut away from the back of the clamp to allow the bolt to be turned Tighten the bolt to push against the support rod until reaching the torque value shown below then tighten the lock nut against the back of the clamp as shown in the detail below Repeat for each stiffener clamp

8 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

L (1) L (1)

2Prime (51 mm) min

2Prime (51 mm) min

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

6Prime (152 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

24Prime (610 mm) max

2Prime (51 mm) min

threaded support rod (by others)

clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

2Prime (51 mm) min

Rigid With Isolator

threaded support rod

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

212Prime (64 mm) min

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 25: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NOTES bull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to vertical hanger rods that have seismic

cable attachments on or near them bull Option 1 available from Vibro-Acoustics Contact Vibro-Acoustics and see INS-RS1

for more information bull All materials for options 2 3 4 and 5 are by others bull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps U-bolts or clamping nuts per rod bull Maximum spacing of boltsscrews is 6Prime (150 mm) from ends of rods and 24Prime

(610 mm) apart bull Option 3 Length of conduit must be no more than 14Prime (6 mm) shorter than

hanger rod

Rod Stiffener Options Brace Size if Required

Option 11Prime times 1Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-1

1 12Prime times 1 12Prime times 14Prime angle (25 mm times 25 mm times 6 mm) amp VAC-2

Option 2

2 12Prime times 2 12Prime times 16 ga angle (64 mm times 64 mm times 1613 mm angle)

4rdquo times 4rdquo times 14 ga angle (102 mm times 102 mm times 1994 mm angle)

3 times 3 times 12 ga angle (76 mm times 76 mm times 2753 mm angle)

Option 3 34Prime (18 mm) Minimum ConduitPipe Size

Option 4 Framing Channel with clamping nuts

Option 5 Framing Channel with U-bolts

Selection of brace size based on design forces For options 2 4 and 5 see SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual for further information

Rod Size Oslash L (1)

in mm in mm 38 10 19 48212 12 25 63558 16 31 78734 20 37 94078 22 43 1092

1 24 50 12701 18 30 56 1422 1 14 36 62 1575

(1) L= Maximum allowable hanger rod length without stiffener

File No INS-RS2-002 Supersedes INS-RS2-001

Date 14 Apr 2011 Date 11 Jan 2011

L (1) L (1)

212Prime (64 mm) min 212Prime

(64 mm) min

bolt See INS-RS1

lock nut

hanger rod (by others)

VAC clamp

rod stiffener angle brace (by others)

piperigid conduit

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

hangerrod

14Prime (M6) lsquoUrsquo bolts

38Prime (M10) sq head cup

point set screw

16 ga (15 mm) min

bent plate washers

38rdquo (M10) lsquoUrsquo bolt

158rdquo (413 mm) framing channel 12 ga (275 mm) steel

hanger rod

jam nut

framing channel

cradle clip

38Prime (M10) hex head cap screw

hanger rod (max Oslash 78Prime (M22))

(hanger rod carries all vertical

load)

clamping nut with serration

1 12Prime times 18Prime (38 mm times 3 mm) plate washer

12Prime (13 mm) typ

hanger rod

drill holes in angle as required to

accomodate lsquoUrsquo bolts rod stiffener angle

34Prime times 18Prime (19 mm times 3 mm) plate or 2-14 ga (199 mm) plates

14rdquo times 5rdquo times 2rdquo (6 times 125 times 50 mm) steel plate

rod stiffener with clamps

cable restraint

Installation on clevis hanger supported piping

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 26: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-CS-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Nov 2010 Date New

Cable Restraint Swaging Instructions

SRK-CS

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Slide oval sleeve onto the cable and loop the cable around the cable-securing item (typically a thimble in a bracket) Slide the cable through the opposite side of the sleeve and hand-tighten the loop

2 Place the sleeve to be compressed in the correct size groove in the swaging tool (see figure 1) Single-cavity tools should match cable size to be swaged

3 Keep jaws of swaging tool in the middle of and at right angles to the sleeve to be compressed ensuring the sleeve is aligned in the jaw groove as shown in figure 2 Adjust the position of the sleeve as needed and then close the tool completely Tool handles should snap shut indicating complete closure

4 Next swage or crimp on one end of the sleeve Repeat on the other end Ensure the sleeves have been compressed three times for SRK-400 size 18Prime cable and SRK-800 size 316Prime cable After swaging excess cable may be cut off A minimum of 316Prime (5 mm) length of cable should remain beyond the sleeve to achieve maximum holding (see arrow in figure 3) Finished sleeve is shown in figure 3

5 Use a swaging gauge to check proper after-swage diameter (see figure 4) Compressed sleeve should slide freely into the size slot of the gauge Adjust the tool as required

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Images by the Cable Division of Loos amp Co Inc

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 27: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRB-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jan 2011 Date New

SRB Seismic Restraint BracketInstallation Instructions

SRB

Not SRB-222A or SRB-422A

Rigid w NSN Pad

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If mounting SRB brackets to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough and large enough to accomodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to structural slab to transfer seismic loads to the structure

2 Mount equipment in its final position including neoprene pads if provided Ensure adequate space is allowed where anchors will be installed to maintain edge distance required by anchor bolt manufacturer

3 Confirm bracket attachment locations on equipment will accommodate attachment method (screws or welding) indicated on Vibro-Acousticsrsquo submittal

4 Mark locations for brackets as indicated in the submittal package and drill holes as necessary

5 For installation without neoprene pads (rigid installation) secure bracket to floor using the anchor size indicated in the submittal and then attach to equipment as shown below For SRB-xxxB and -xxxC brackets ensure grommet washer stays in place

6 For installation with neoprene pads install the anchor bolt first and then place the bracket over the bolt making sure the grommet washer stays in place Mount the bracket to the equipment and install locking jam nuts and a USS flat washer on the anchor bolt as shown below Ensure the bracket does not touch the clamping nut and that the locking jam nuts are secure

7 For installation with and without neoprene pads Use the appropriate number of 14Prime (6 mm) diameter self-drilling screws ndash one for each hole in the bracket ndash or welds as shown in the diagram below and the submittal a Ensure self-drilling screws are long enough for threads to pass through

both material layers b Welding may be substituted for screws but screws may not be used in

place of welding without approval from Vibro-Acoustics

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

NSN

NSN

seismically-rated concrete anchor

14 1

118

Typical 3 places as shown For all SRB-xxxB and SRB-xxxC brackets

SRB bracket

housekeeping pad

equipment

For all SRB-xxxA brackets

grommet washer except for SRB-xxxA

ATTACH WITH SCREWS OR WELDING AS INDICATED ON SUBMITTAL

anchor clamping nut

and washer

locking jam nuts

USS flat washer

grommet washer

w NSN Pad

Rigid

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 28: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RHD-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2011Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

RHD Neoprene Hanger Installation Instructions

RHD

hanger box

structure

OR

fig 2

fig 1

For Seismic Restraints Application Only

stopwasher jam nuts

14Prime (6 mm)

14Prime (6 mm)

lowersupport rod

upper support rod

L

H

W

washer and nutfor upper rod

color-coded neoprene

element

washer and nutfor lower rod

vertical uplift stopwasher(optional ndash required for components

with seismic restraints)

INSTRUCTIONS

Option A1 Hang all piping ductwork and equipment and bring to operating

weight Ensure sufficient space is left for hanger isolators to be installed

2 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger model and element color as identification

3 Provide temporary support as required to allow support rods to be cut4 Cut support rods removing about 1Prime of rod and install hangers

aligning rods in the center of each hole Add stopwasher washers and nuts as appropriate See fig 1 amp 2 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

5 Turn the upper or lower rod nut until temporary supports can be easily removed Do not overload hangers however Temporary supports may need to be left in place until further isolators are installed

6 When adjusting isolators equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

7 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Option B1 Properly locate each hanger in the submittal drawing using hanger

model and element color as identification 2 Attach hanger to upper threaded rod attached to structure See fig

1 for installation requirements for isolated components with seismic restraints

3 Align support rod in center of the lower hole Add stopwashers washers and nuts as appropriate

4 Attach duct pipe or equipment to lower threaded rod Be careful not to overload any one hanger ndash load hangers proportionally

5 Adjust duct pipe or equipment level with the upper or lower rod nut6 Bring equipment or pipe to its final operating weight before making

any further adjustments 7 When adjusting isolators on equipment or a pipe or duct run be sure

to load the hangers proportionally ndash an example of an adjustment sequence is shown below

8 After adjustment is complete be sure the support rod is not touching the side of the lower hole and if included the vertical uplift stopwasher clearance is approximately 14Prime (fig 2)

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 29: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-004 Supersedes INS-CSR-003

Date 13 Apr 2012Date 9 Aug 2011

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

CSRSA 1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding)

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring adjustment nut clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet adjustment nut

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CSR-SA Make sure that the CSR-SA models are anchored down and the nuts for the anchors are tightened before going to following steps

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

CSR-SA If the hold-down nuts are hard to reach try lowering the adjustment nut until access to the obscured hold-down nut is cleared

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 30: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

File No INS-SPS-002 Supersedes INS-SPS-001

Date 8 Jun 2012Date 28 May 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SPS Seismic Pipe Stand (Fixed Height) and SPSA (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSSPSA

Roof Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided 3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel

(Grade 2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details 5 For adjustable seismic pipe stand adjust the height by first loosening

the lock nut and then turning the strut assembly to move it up or down When the desired height is reached lock the strut assembly by tightening the lock nut Height can be increased to a maximum of 15 78Prime (403 mm)

6 Secure the pipe to the center of the seismic pipe stand by A307 38Prime (10 mm) dia U-Bolt or equivalent pipe clamp

7 For gas pipes please refer to gas pipe installation codes 8 If pipe is to be insulated make all adjustments and connections first

before insulating the pipe 9 The pipe supporting strut can be removed to allow a roof membrane

cone to be applied Remove the Grade 8 socket head bolt detach the strut and then slide the roof membrane cone down over the pipe stand body Reattach the strut and screw down the Grade 8 bolt tightly through the bolt hole See Fig 1

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

lock nut

seismic pipe stand

Grade 8 socket head bolt

Fig 2Fig 1 Fig 3

HDG slotted

strutseismic pipe stand

anchor embedment

roof membrane

U-boltstrap (by others) U-boltstrap

(by others)

insulation roof metal deck

SECTION A-A

A

Abacking angle (as required) (by others) 2Prime times 2Prime times 18Prime (51 mm times 51 mm times 3 mm) 14 (356 mm) long 2 pieces under each leg

38Prime (10 mm) A307 bolts with double nuts 38Prime (10 mm)

seismically rated concrete anchor

bolt

roof membrane cone

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 31: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Sep 2012Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure locate locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene lement is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3

Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 32: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-001 Supersedes New

Date 12 Jun 2013Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator model and neoprene element as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

2 Assemble isolators as shown without upper hold-down nut and washer Place under equipment passing threaded stud through equipment mounting hole

3 Mark anchor bolt hole locations If mounting in concrete ensure adequate edge distance is maintained from edges of housekeeping pad Refer to manufacturerrsquos instructions or Vibro-Acousticsrsquo calculations for minimum edge distance requirements

4 Remove isolator and drill holes for anchors Replace isolators and install anchors tightening to recommended torque values

5 Equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin Upper hold-down nut amp washer must also be removed

6 Color-coded neoprene element is selected based on the defined operating weight Neoprene element should provide up to 05Prime of deflection under the load (Fig 1)

7 Deflection of the neoprene element will cause the threaded rod to move down and will pull the grommet out of the hole (Fig 2) Turn bottom nut clockwise until grommet goes back into the hole and touches the inner surface of housing (Fig 3) Repeat this pattern for all isolators under the equipment

8 Make sure to leave a minimum 14Prime gap between the threaded rod and the structure (Fig 4)

9 Secure the equipment to the isolator using the upper hold-down nut and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Fig 1

Fig 3 Fig 4

Fig 2

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

housing

anchor bolt hole

Appropriate deflection of neoprene element under

operating weight

structure

threaded rod

gap

grommet

grommet

bottom nut

hold-down washer amp nut

equipment support washer

neoprene element color-coded to indicate capacity

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 33: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-002 Supersedes INS-SCSR-001

Date 1 Apr 2013Date 29 Nov 2012

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Installation Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

bolts for attachment to equipment

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 For attachment to concrete structure please refer to engineering calculations and follow the specification for concrete anchor Edge distance minimum anchor embedment should be followed as specified

4 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding or bolts)

5 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

6 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

7 Turn spring adjustment nut counterclockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

8 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

9 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

bolts for attachment to

equipment

spring adjustment nut

hold-down plate

weld is specified on calculation sheet

Ensure that the spring(s) is centered

inside the isolator housing

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

holes for attaching to equipment

concrete structure

steel structure

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 34: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-AL-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-AL-002

Date 15 Apr 2014 Date 24 Jan 2013

RRK Model

T amp C(maximum allowed

tensioncompression)

Bolt Size(Special Bolt)

Anchor Bolt Size

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist amp anchor spacing)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

RRK-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (13 mm) 12Prime (13 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 3 14Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) RRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 58Prime (16 mm) 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

If loads are more than 400 lbs use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood

Length of Bolt Additional Tightening

Up to and including 4 diameters 13 turn

Over 4 diameters and not more than 8 diameters 12 turn

Over 8 diameters and not more than 12 diameters 56 turn

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached restraint kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

bull Bolt size 12Primendash13Prime and 58Primendash11 require 50 ft lb and 100 ft lb respectively Tighten torque accordingly

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

RRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

TampC

Cmin 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge)

min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structure

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

For turn-of-nut tightening hand-adjust the bolt snug tight where there is firm contact between the bolt and connected metal components Tools may be used to bring the bolt and metal components into contact Following contact tighten the nut as shown below

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

TampCTampC

TampCTampC

TampC

TampCTampC

TampC

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 35: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-V-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-V-002

Date 9 Jul 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-V800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in the submittal package

2 Locate the position on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint bracket at 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the component connection

3 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

4 Insert the special grade bolt from one side of the bracket and attach the channel nut halfway (Figure A)

5 Slide the strut over the channel nut and pass the bolt through the hole on the other side Turn the bolt clockwise and apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque to clamp the bracket to the strut (Figure B)

6 Secure the assembly by adding the hex nut on the other side (Figure C)

7 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

8 Attach the bracket to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically-rated concrete anchor bolts)

9 Attach the second bracket to the strut and to the component as indicated in the submittal package

10 Tighten all connections and check that component is positioned correctly (eg straight and level) Restraint should carry no gravity load of component

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to component

see INS-RS1 for rod stiffener information

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

bracket shown with cutaway

component support must use seismically-rated connection

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 36: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RRK-B-003 Supersedes INS-RRK-B-002

Date 29 Apr 2013Date 31 Dec 2012

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

Rigid Restraint Kits Installation Instructions

RRK-B800 1400

B

C

D

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in rigid restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the rigid restraint kit The ideal connection positions would be 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

3 Drill 916Prime (14 mm) hole on the side of the strut (Figure A) insert special grade fully-threaded bolts and add the nut from the other side (Figure B) Turn the bolt clockwise apply 50 ft-lb (70 N-m) torque on the bolt and nut to secure the bracket to the strut (Figure C)

4 For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

5 The capacity of rigid restraint brackets are based on ten-foot long struts If the strut needs to be over ten foot please contact factory for details

6 Attach the brackets to the structure using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

7 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

8 Complete any further work at restraint location as indicated in seismic submittal package (eg screw strut supports to ductwork)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A

structure

attachment to equipment

drill Oslash 916Prime (14 mm) hole

longitudinal restraint transverse restraint longitudinal amp transverse restraints

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 37: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 1 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Lay tarp (or polyethylene sheets or fiberboard) on a flat floor where the concrete will be poured and cured

2 Place the inertia base on the tarp Check rebar-to-perimeter channel welds and repair those welds if necessary

3 Pour 3000 psi normal weight concrete inside the inertia base unless otherwise specified in the submittal drawings The concrete surface should be flat smooth and level with the frame of the base

4 Once the concrete is fully dried and cured lift the base either by floor jacks a hoist or similar means If the base is being lifted by a hoist mechanism where the height-saving brackets are used make sure that the base is level at all times in order to prevent bracket failure

6 Place and anchor the equipment on base either with post-installed anchors or by using the optional cast-in-place bolts See seismic calculations for embedment and edge distance requirements on anchors Make sure that the orientation of the equipment is in agreement with the submittal drawing (motor end pump end etc)

Continue on the next page

5 Start lowering the inertia base on shims See submittal drawings for required operating clearance from the floor As the base is being lowered make sure that the isolators are mounted to the brackets As the base gets closer to sitting on the shims align the isolators Once all isolators are in proper position completely lower the base on shims As a rule use at least the same quantity of shims as isolator brackets and place them within the vicinity of the isolators

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

LOWER

Mount and align the isolators as the base is lowered on the shims

shims (by others)

pipe support

pipe support

inertia base

end-suction pumpdischarge piping

pipe supportvertical inline pump

suction piping

inertia base

check welds

tarp (by others)

min 3000 psi normal weight concrete (by others)

bolt threads

nut

bolting template (optional)

all thread bolt

Install the equipment mounting bolts before pouring the con-crete for the bases with bolting template option Try to keep bolt threads as clean as possible while pouring the concrete

4Prime

The pump shaft centerline should align with the centerline of the base width when installed For end suction pumps leave about 4Prime clearance from the motor end of the skid in order to leave room on the other end of the inertia base for the suction piping support

Position vertical inline pumps in such a way that the piping on both suction and discharge sides are supported on the inertia base Ensure piping cen-terline aligns with the centerline of the base width

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 38: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CIB-001 Supersedes New

Date 26 Apr 2013Date New

Inertia Base Installation Instructions Page 2 of 2

CIB TCIB LCIB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

=

=

INSTRUCTIONS

7 Back up the hold-down nut about a 14 of a turn Adjust isolators At this point refer to the installation instructions of the isolator that is being used with the inertia base for further instructions on adjustment Follow the isolator adjustment sequence below (Fig 1)

8 As the base is lifted off the shims stop adjusting The shims can then be removed Make sure that the inertia base is level

9 (For SFS isolators only) Check the restraint clearance with SFS isolators and fine-adjust the springs until proper restraint clearance of 18Prime on each side of the housing is achieved

10 Tighten the hold down nut for all isolators Perform a final check for the base to see if it is level Perform final adjustments if needed

Installation complete

Fig 1 Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

BACK-UP hold-down nut

hold-down nut

bracket

adjustment boltinertia base

isolators at rated deflection

equipment

shims (by others)

REMOVE

18Prime restraint clearance

18Prime restraint clearance

adjustment nut

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 39: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-ARTR-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Apr 2014Date New

ARTR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

ARTR Adjustable Rooftop Isolation Rail

18Prime (3 mm)

18Prime (3 mm) all-directional snubber

EPDM not shown for clarity

EPDM not shown for clarity

housing

clockwise

Fig 6

RIGGING INSTRUCTIONS

1 The adjustable rooftop vibration isolation rail ARTR has been supplied in one piece unless otherwise specified on the approval drawing

2 Lift the ARTR from 4 corners and more points on curb length make sure lifting points are within 10 ft spacing for large ARTRs Wrap around the ARTR with lifting ropes

3 Spreader bars should be used in lifting to prevent damage to ARTR frame

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check the flex material every six months for damage If damage occurs repair using a weather amp UV resistant EPDM rubber patch and bonding cement

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 Refer to the Vibro-Acoustics Adjustable Roof Top Rail installation drawing shipped with this project

2 Carefully inspect the Adjustable Roof Top Rail (ARTR) and report any shipping damage to the carrier promptly

3 Match the ARTRrsquos identified end to the corresponding rooftop units identified end (shown in the manufacturersquos specifications) The ARTR must be oriented properly to ensure proper loading and optimum deflection

4 Lay ARTR assembly on the roof curb oriented as outlined in item (3) above Make sure that the rail is sitting flat on the curb

5 Carefully center the rail on the curbdagger Screw the RTR lower rail to the roof curb with screws as shown on the recordinstallation drawing (See Figure 1)

6 Attach neoprene gasket (provided) to the top of the ARTR top rail and install the roof top unit on the ARTR base Carefully center roof top unit over the raildagger Use recommended means of attachment for the unit to RTR per the submittal drawings (See Figure 2)

7 Adjust internal restrained isolators clockwise until the clearance between restraints is 18Prime each way per isolator adjustment sequence (See Figure 3 4 and 5)

8 Once all the isolators are properly adjusted and the unit is level attach the EPDM flashing to the upper rail Start by sliding the initial corner into the gap between the upper rail and the backing plate and then attach the lower part of the EPDM to the lower rail using the 1Prime wide metal strips Screws are provided for all attachments (See Figure 6)

9 After the unit is set into place but before the lifting equipment is removed and before ceiling tiles or other water damageable interior fixtures are installed Spray the unit and the RTR with water and fix any leaks

10 Ductwork inside curb should be connected to unit with flexible connection (by others)

dagger Centering of the unit on the rail and the rail on the curb is essential to ensure proper loading

Fig 1

Fig 2

Fig 3

Fig 5

Fig 4

1

4

6

5

3

2

Isolator adjustment sequence example

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

EPDM

A

A

Slide

fasten

overlap 1Prime and apply adhesive tape provided

View A-A

fasten

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 40: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BB-002 Supersedes INS-BB-001

Date 30 Jan 2014Date 4 Dec 2013

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions

BB400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 41: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Pipe restraint shown same procedure for duct or cable tray

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 1 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Locate restraint position and direction as shown in seismic restraint submittal package

2 Locate the positions on the structure for attaching the seismic restraint kit These connection positions shall be as close as possible to 45deg(plusmn10deg) from the restrained component connection

A) For transverse or longitudinal-only restraints (shown as a straight line on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure either inline with the component ② (for longitudinal restraints) or perpendicular to the component ③ (for transverse restraints)

B) For compound 45ordm angle restraints (shown as a ldquoVrdquo on floor plan markups) This point can be estimated easily by measuring the vertical distance from the structure to the restraint attachment point on the component ① then measuring that distance along the structure inline with the component ② then the same distance perpendicular to the component ③

3 Note that most standard BB cable lengths are 10prime If longer cables are required use bulk cable with field-assembled ends with two BulletLocktrade at each end (Fig 1)

4 Attach the preassembled ends to these locations using the attachment method indicated in the submittal package (eg seismically rated concrete anchor bolts)

5 Attach brackets to restrained component as indicated in the seismic restraint submittal package For BBR Retrofit Bracket attachment please refer to the next page

6 Pull and slide the cable from its dead end side to achieve the desired length a Dead end is the side of the cable that does not carry any load Set

screw is snugged against dead end (Fig 2)b Loosen the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) to

slide cable easier

7 While holding the cable taut torque down the set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending) snugged against the dead end of the cable (Fig 3) Please refer to table 1 for the torque values and allen key sizes

8 Adjust cable to remove slack If isolation is required leave a 18Prime to 14Prime sag in the cable to prevent vibrations from transferring to the structure

9 Once cable length is adjusted and the set screw is torqued down properly install and finger-tight the lock set screw against the torqued set screw inside the BulletLocktrade (patent pending)

Table 10

Model Minimum x

Torque Allen Key Size

in mm ftlb Nmiddotm in mm

BB-400 3 76 10 136 316 5

BB-800 4 102 26 353 14 6

Fig1

Fig2 Fig3

x

CORRECT INCORRECT

Bulk cable arrangement

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

A B

① ①

② ②

VAB bracket

this end is preassembled at factory

thimble

structure

BulletLocktrade (patent pending) (preassembled)

le 14Prime (6 mm) maximum allowable sag

attachment to equipment

piping or ductwork

dead end of cable

lock set screw

NOTE The securing set screw inside the BulletLocktrade should only be torqued down against the dead end of the cable

dead end

liveend

lock set screw

lock set screw

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 42: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-001 Supersedes New

Date 20 Jun 2014Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

BulletBracetrade (Patent Pending) Preassembled Adjustable Cable Restraint KitsInstallation Instructions (pg 2 of 2)

BBBBR400 800

BBR BulletBraceTM Retrofit Kit

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Step 1

Step 2

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 43: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BBR-AL-001 Supersedes INS-BB-AL-002

Date 20 Jun 2014 Date 25 Feb 2014

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge dist)

d(min thickness)

e (min edge dist)

BB-400 400 lbs (1780 N) 38Prime (10 mm) 1 4Prime (102 mm) 2Prime (50 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 3Prime (76 mm) 34Prime (19 mm) BB-800 800 lbs (3559 N) 12Prime (12 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 314Prime (82 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 3 12Prime (89 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by the

appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

BulletBracetrade (patent pending) Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

BBBBR-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

d

a

c

T

T

T T

TT

T T

TT

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

min 4times bolt Oslash to next

min 4times screw Oslash to next

min 4times bolt Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times screw Oslash min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

lag screw amp washer

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

angle bracket

min 8times screw Oslash

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Prime

min 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 44: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-CSR-H-001 Supersedes New

Date 15 Apr 2014Date New

CSR Restrained Spring Isolators (Hot Dip Galvanized Housings) Installation Instructions

CSR-H1 2 3 4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

18 2-3

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Properly locate each isolator as per the submittal drawing using the isolator model and spring color(s) as identification

2 Elevate equipment enough to place spring isolators underneath and lower equipment onto isolators Position the isolators to ensure load is centered on equipment support plate and that if used steel beam webs are located directly above the center rod If isolators are to be bolted to the supporting structure locate bolt hole locations and make preparations as appropriate (drill holes and install anchor bolts) Leave shipping spacers in place

3 Attach equipment to equipment support plate (For example by welding) Use caution while welding galvanized housing Touch up afterwards as needed

4 Piping and equipment must be at operating weight before final adjustment can begin

5 Back off the hold-down nuts until it locks with the limit bolt

6 Turn spring leveling bolt counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the top plate just lifts off the spacers on all isolators

7 Remove all spacer pieces as soon as the top plate is lifted off the spacers The spacers should slide out with no effort

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

8 Ensure the restraint limit bolt is not touching the hold-down plate but is in the center of the hole and that rubber grommets are in position

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

rubber grommet

spring leveling bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nut

limit bolt

spacer

equipment support plate

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

CAUTION If less than 80 of the top plate is covered by the supported equipment use an additional plate (same thickness as the isolators equipment support plate) on top of the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 45: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRK-AL-013 Supersedes INS-SRK-AL-0012

Date 23 May 2017Date 12 Jan 2015

Cable Kit Model

T(max allowed

tension)

Anchor Diameter

(Oslash)

Anchor Quantity

(per cable end)

CONCRETE WOOD STEEL a

(min thickness)

b (min

embedment)

c (min edge

dist)

d(min thickness

with through bolts)

d(min thicknesswith lag screw)

e (min edge

dist) SRK-1400 1400 lbs (6229 N) 58Prime (16 mm) 1 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 4 12Prime (114 mm) 5 14Prime (133 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)SRK-2880 2880 lbs (12814 N) 58Prime (16 mm) dagger 2 6Prime (152 mm) 4Prime (102 mm) 9Prime (229 mm) 5 12Prime (140 mm) 6 14Prime (159 mm) 34Prime (19 mm)

Use minimum anchor quantity of two (2) when attaching to wood dagger Use 34Prime Oslash lag screw anchors for attaching to wood

NOTESbull Building structure must be point-load capable to be confirmed by

the appropriate structural design professionalbull Fasteners and attachment methods to be designedselected to

support the maximum capacity of the attached cable kitbull Concrete anchor seismic ratings based on Hilti KB-TZ and 3000 PSI

(207 MPa) concrete Minimum anchor spacing edge distance and embedment depth as required by the manufacturer

bull Other products with similar or superior properties may be used depending on availability

bull Holes for through bolts must be 132Prime (08 mm) to 116Prime (16 mm) larger than bolt diameter

bull All structure hardware brackets and clamps shown are supplied by others unless otherwise noted or specifically allowed in the project quotation and order

Seismic Restraint Structural Attachment Levels Installation Instructions

SRK-AL

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

b

e

d d

a

c

T

T TT

T

T T

T

T

min 1 12Prime (anchor in ridge) min 58Prime

angle bracket

max 3Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

rod bolt or bracket welded

to structureload rated beam clamp

(friction clips not allowed)

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

min dist to end of beam 7times bolt Oslash washer OD min 2Prime

through bolt nut amp 2 washers size washer to cover gap

optional loop around top angle (with approval of structural engineer)

through bolt nut amp 2 washers

min 8times screw Oslash

min 4times screw Oslash

angle bracketangle bracket

lag screw and washer

max 1Prime offset

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

min 4 12Primemin 20 Ga steel deck

bolt nut washers

min thickness edge dist amp depth restrictions also apply

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 46: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SCSR-RS-001 Supersedes New

Date 24 Jul 2014Date New

SCSR Seismic Restrained Spring Isolators Spring Removal Instructions

SCSR1 2 3

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

equipment support plate(isolator top plate)

14Prime shim

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Insert 14Prime shims between equipment support plate and isolator housing on both sides

2 With the equipment weight still on the isolator rotate hold-down nuts on each side clockwise to move them up against the isolator housing Clamp the shims in place by tightening these hold-down nuts

3 Turn spring adjustment bolt clockwise This will start unloading the spring and directing the weight towards the isolator housing through the shims

4 Once the spring is completely unloaded the spring subassembly consisting of adjustment bolt spring(s) compression cup rubber bottom cup and a 34Prime washer can be pulled out for service replacement or repair

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

reinforced neoprene snubbers

spring adjustment bolt

hold-down plate

hold-down nutlimit bolt

shim

WARNING Never place fingers between top plate and the isolator housing while the equipment is sitting on the isolator

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 47: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SSV-SBV-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SSVSBV Seismic V-Loop Connectors Installation Instructions

SSVSBV

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for SBV-SW 2 Inspect the product for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid

wires and overall structural integrity 3 If any damage is found the V-connector must be replaced Otherwise

proceed to the next step4 Ensure the space matches the overall length of the V-connector For

expansion compensation applications the V-connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended only if the full range of motion that will be encountered is in one direction

5 Larger connectors are supplied with shipping bars attached for maintaining proper design length

6 V-connectors can be installed in a variety of positions The standard position is has the 90 degree elbow hanging downward For steam applications a drain port and plug needs to be specified and installed into the bottom of the 90 degree elbow This allows the condensate to be drained Horizontal installation is recommended to avoid condensate buildup Alternately the elbow can be installed pointing upward for better natural drainage into the surrounding piping

7 The elbow should be supported for sizes larger than 1 12 when installed in any position other than the standard position to avoid sagging or torquing An eyelet is provided at the elbow for support by hanger rod or cables Use cable support for vibration isolated piping systems

8 Pipe hanger rods on both sides of the seismic V-connector should be at least 1 ft in length in order to allow the 90 degree elbow to move back and forth 14 as the loop flexes Shorter hanger rods are allowed when the installation is done with vibration isolation spring hangers

9 Make sure that the piping on both sides of the seismic V-connector is adequately guided and anchored The transferred motion should be an axial motion in a straight direct line along piping centerline which is in line with the seismic V-connector See below table for spring forces of V-connectors for different sizes Pressure thrust forces do not need to be considered since the V-connector will not impose pressure thrust onto the system Approximate spring forces for the V and U connector are as follows

10 Extreme care must be taken to cross tighten the bolts frequently so the assembly doesnrsquot get pulled past its designed limits

11 Remove shipping bars after installation if there are any12 Inspect V-connector with routine maintenance and inspections of the

piping system itrsquos connected to against the damages and failures listed in step 2

13 Replace seismic V-connectors after any seismic activity

Spring Forces12 34 1 1 14 1 12Prime 2 2 12

35 lbs 41 lbs 46 lbs 65 lbs 68 lbs 82 lbs 87 lbs

3 4 5 6 8 10 1293 lbs 127 lbs 214 lbs 228 lbs 312 lbs 345 lbs 399 lbs

Note The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the V-connectorsrsquo full rated movement pressurized to 150 PSIG for frac12 through 10 and 100 PSIG for 12

end fittings as required

45 elbow

hose and braid

braid collar

90 elbow

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 48: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJN-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Rubber Expansion JointInstallation Instructions

EJEEJN

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Make sure that the expansion joint temperature pressure vacuum movements and elastomer type matches the system requirements Vacuum rating is based on neutral installed length without external load Contact Vibro-Acoustics if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected

2 These connectors should not be used for accommodating misalignment errors Make sure that the pipe misalignment is no more than 18 in any direction

3 Make sure that the system is properly anchored as close to the expansion joint as possible If there is no anchoring system it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements due to pressure thrust

4 Expansion joints should not bear any dead load 5 Line up the mating flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is

against the expansion joint flange6 The spherical rubber flexible connector must be compressed 18 to 316

during installation in order to obtain a correctly installed face-to-face dimension

7 Make sure mating flanges are clean and are the flat faced type When attaching beaded end flange expansion joints to raised face flanges ring gaskets are required to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation

8 Never install expansion joints next to wafer type check valves or butterfly valves Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to the lack of flange mating surface and or bolt connection

9 Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange Use the recommended torque values to achieve a good seal Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal to metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange See table for bolt torque data

Nominal Pipe Size

Bolt Torque

Step 1 Reset Step 2 Reset Step 3in ft lbs Minutes ft lbs Minutes ft lbs1 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

1 14 18 30 30 60 45 - 601 12 18 30 30 60 45 - 60

2 18 30 30 60 45 - 602 12 18 30 35 60 50 - 60

3 25 30 45 60 60 - 753 12 25 30 45 60 60 - 75

4 25 30 45 60 60 - 755 25 30 45 60 60 - 756 30 30 50 60 60 - 758 30 30 50 60 60 - 75

10 30 30 50 60 75 - 8512 30 30 50 60 75 - 8514 30 30 60 60 75 - 8516 30 30 60 60 75 - 8518 30 30 60 60 90 - 9520 30 30 65 60 95 - 18524 30 30 65 60 95 - 18530 30 30 65 60 95 - 220

Note Over-torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber expansion joint flanges thus resulting in premature failure

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

10 Check the tightness of the retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary after routine inspections Rubber expansion joints should not be installed in areas where inspection is impossible

stablizing ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 49: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-EJE-EJNCR-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

EJEEJN Control Rod Installation Instructions

EJE-CREJN-CR

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Assemble expansion joint between pipe flanges in its manufactured face-to-face length Include the retaining rings furnished with the expansion joint if applicable

2 Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate Control rod plates should be equally spaced around the flange Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system more than 2 control rods may be required

3 Insert control rods through top plate holes Steel washers are to be positioned at the outer plate surface An optional rubber washer is positioned between the steel washer and the outer plate surface

4 If a single nut per unit is furnished position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer This gap is equal to the jointrsquos maximum extension commencing with the natural face-to-face length To lock this nut into position either stake the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod If two nuts are supplied the nuts will create a jamming effect to prevent loosening Note Consult Vibro-Acoustics if there are any questions about the rated compression and elongation These two dimensions are critical in both setting the nuts and sizing the compression pipe sleeve

5 If there is a requirement for compression standard pipe sized sleeve may be used to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit per factory specifications

6 If there is a requirement for spherical washers these washers are to be positioned on the outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts

7 For reducer installations it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping

stablizing ring

wirespring

body

150ASAfloating

compressionsleeve

stablizing ring

controlrod plate

steelwasher

control rod

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 50: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPG-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

SPG Spider Pipe Guide Installation Instructions

SPG

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

Anchor

4D 14D L Max

1st Guide 2nd Guide All Other Guides

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Guides should be positioned at recommended spacing lsquoDrsquo is the pipe OD

Pipe Size

Expansion Joint

to First Guide

First to Second Guide

Maximum Distance Between Intermediate Guide (ft) for Pressures (PSIG)

Shown Below

50 100 150 200 2503 1 35 33 24 21 19 174 125 475 45 33 27 25 235 175 575 53 41 34 31 276 2 7 60 43 37 33 318 275 925 75 56 47 43 39

10 325 1175 94 70 60 53 4712 4 14 104 77 65 57 53

Tube Sheet

4 times D 14 times D Maximum Spacing for Intermediate Guides for Copper Water Tube (ft)

25 PSI 50 PSI 70 PSI34 3 10 12 7 6 51 4 12 9 8 6

1 14 5 1 5 12 14 11 91 12 6 1 9 14 11 9

2 8 2 4 19 14 122 12 10 2 11 23 17 15

3 1 3 6 27 20 184 1 4 4 8 31 23 21

Note For type M tubing For type ldquoLrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 10 For type ldquoKrdquo tubing spacing may be increased by 20

2 Mount guide bracket to a firm solid surface3 Do not exceed maximum service temperature of 270degF (132degC)4 In the system pipe anchors (by others) should be located per the

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association ( EJMA ) Standardsa At the blind end of a pipeb At a change in direction of flowc Between two expansion joints of different sizesd At the entrance of a side ranch into the main linee Where a valve is installed in a pipe run between two expansion joints

5 The anchor (by others) bracket must be mounted to a firm solid surface6 The copper anchor (by others) should be soldered to the copper tube for

best results

Copper tube guide spacing

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 51: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-XPEJ-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

XPEJ Externally Pressurized Expansion Joint Installation Instructions

XPEJ

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 If the externally pressurized expansion joint is used in steam lines and for thermal extension ensure there is adequate anchoring and guiding on the piping system Anchoring should be located according to Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards

2 Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing an externally pressurized expansion joint Guides are installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures Main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all the expansion is directed into the externally pressurized expansion joint in addition to withstanding the end thrust force of the internal pressure and other piping system loads

3 Externally pressurized expansion joints should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

4 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

5 Externally pressurized expansion joints are not designed to absorb torsional movement or stress Subjecting an externally pressurized expansion joint to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty

sch 40 pipe

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shroud - carbon steel pipe

weld end(see datasheet for other end types)

drain plug

internal stop3-ply bellows

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WD

XPEJ-WDXPEJL-WDsection view shown

internal guide ring

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 52: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-TEC-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

TEC Thermal Expansion Compensator Installation Instructions

TEC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for TEC-SW and TECL-SW

2 All compensators include labels identifying the rated pressure temperature and specific installation instructions Make sure that all system designs include adequate anchors guides and supports

3 Female copper tube model ldquoTEC-SWTECL-SWrdquo is manufactured with high temperature brazed joints Protect these models to ensure the temperature does not exceed 350degF (177degC) during installation

4 Be certain that the piping configuration or the installation method does not subject the bellows to twisting or torque for any model Bellows can be damaged by excessive torsion Subjecting a compensator to torsion of any amount may drastically affect operating life and will void the warranty Vibro-Acousticsrsquo expansion compensators include anti-torque devices

5 A shipping restraint is tack welded or soldered in place at the factory to ensure the rated measurement of travel DO NOT remove this device until installation is complete (all anchors guides and supports are adjusted) Remove the restraint prior to pressure testing and remove the tack weld or solder flash after installation The restraint is not designed to react to pressure thrust

6 Compensators used in risers and radiation lines require adequate anchoring and guiding Main anchors are necessary at the end of each straight pipe run containing a compensator With guides installed to prevent the line from bowing buckling or becoming misaligned because of thermal expansion or internal pressures

7 Pipe hangers and rollers are not considered to be adequate as guides Anchors should be located per the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA) standards The main anchors must restrain the ends of the pipe so that all expansion is directed into the compensator The main anchors must also withstand the end thrust force of the internal pressure plus all the other piping system loads

8 Compensators should not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure beyond their rated working pressures

9 Before the pipe lines are hydro-statically tested all anchors and pipe guides must be secured The contractor installing sweat end type compensators are advised to use a soft (Tin-Lead) solder Excessive heat used to make the solder joint may have a detrimental effect on the compensator The manufacturerrsquos warranty is null and void if the installing temperature exceeds 350degF (177degC) on the end fittings

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove after installation)

shipping bar(remove afterinstallation)

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

anti-torque device

male NPT threads

beveled pipe ends for welding

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

2-plybellows

shroud

shroud

shroud

MIG weld

flanged ends

TEC-FL

TEC-SM

TEC-WD

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 53: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-FCSS-FCB-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

FCSSFCB Braided Metal Flexible Connectors Installation Instructions

FCSSFCB

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 See additional ldquoBronze connector installationrdquo steps for FCSS-SW and FCB-SW

2 Inspect the braided flexible hose for hose damage end fitting damage frayed braid wires and overall structural integrity prior to installation

3 If the product is undamaged proceed with installation after supporting adjacent piping with hangers and pipe guides (by others) as required Weight of pipe should be on hangers and guides prior to installing the flexible hose Do not compress stretch offset the flexible connector to position or bend sharply near end fittings Do not let the hose support any weight other than its own

4 Make sure to take measurements carefully Cut pipe length to the exact flexible connector length If the metal hose is too long shorten the piping further

5 Anchor pipes at each change of direction where flexible hose is being used to avoid torsional stress Use anchors (by others) at end of hose opposite from motion source

6 Line up bolt holes for flanged connectors It is best practice to use a floating flange on one of the connectorrsquos ends to allow for bolt hole alignment in the field Donrsquot impose torque onto the hose connectors when matching the fitting whether itrsquos flange or any other type

7 Pay attention to not using a wrench on the hoses ferrule or its braid and not letting welding sparks hit the braid

8 Remove shipping restraints after installation After shipping bars are removed it is recommended that a visual inspection occurs and a functionality test is completed

end fittings as required

hose and braid braid collar

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 54: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-BRZCX-001 Supersedes New

Date 2 Jan 2015Date New

Bronze Connector Installation Instructions

SBV-SW FCB-SWFCSS-SW TEC-SW

TECL-SW

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONS

1 These instructions are supplemental to SBV-SW FCB-SW FCSS-SW TEC-SW and TECL-SW installation instructions Please follow the steps below for successful connections of these flexible connectors and expansion joints to copper tubing

2 Clean each end using steel wool and brushes Brazing and soldering flux must be removed immediately after installation Chlorides will cause premature failure of bronze vibration eliminators

3 Wrap base of fitting and 1 frac12 down the braid with a wet cloth to dissipate heat during sweating of the assembly to system

4 Direct all heat away from the base of fitting and hosebraid Avoid any open flame contact to this area as well

5 Use silver solder to connect the assembly to the system DO NOT use brazing rod or other higher temperature methods

6 Remove wet cloth and all other installation products after assembly is installed

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 55: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-0FS-001 Supersedes New

Date 6 Jan 2016Date New

OFS Floor Mounted IsolatorsInstallation Instructions

OFS

Isolator adjustment sequence example

1

4

6

5

3

2

threaded rod

counter-clockwise adjustment

direction

hold-down nut amp washer

adjustment nut

compressioncup

color-coded spring

equipment supportwasher

neoprene cup withmounting hole in center

INSTRUCTIONS

1 Remove the hold-down nut and washer from each isolator 2 Properly locate each isolator from the submittal drawing using isolator

model and spring color as identification If isolators are to be attached to the supporting structure mark locations and make preparations as appropriate (eg drill holes and install anchor bolts)

3 Block equipment to proper operating height using temporary supports Operating height is maximum recommended height Increasing operating height may result in excessive movement and instability Lower operating heights are possible provided the following are met a Clearances are maintained to prevent vibration short-circuiting b Connections to the equipment can accommodate the lower position

4 If required attach neoprene cups to the supporting structure5 Place isolators under base or equipment support points passing

threaded rod through mounting holes 6 Equipment must be at operating weight before final isolator adjustment

can begin 7 When loading isolators and during isolator adjustment ensure each

isolator is loaded on its support washer and its compression cup remains parallel to the floor

8 Turn the adjustment nut counter-clockwise 4 complete turns on each isolator as shown in the sequence below Repeat this pattern until the equipment just lifts off the temporary supports Remove the temporary supports

9 Make minor adjustments as necessary to level the equipment 10 Secure the equipment to each isolator using the upper hold-down nut

and washer

Isolator adjustment sequence is similar for other quantities and configurations

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 56: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SRD-1-001 Supersedes New

Date 29 Sept 2016Date New

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

SRD Seismic Rubber MountInstallation Instructions

SRD

NHE-1NEOPRENEELEMENT

ADJUSTMENT ANDEQUIPMENT

MOUNTING NUT

ALL THREADBOLT

GALVANIZEDSTEELHOUSINGRUBBER

WASHER

SEISMICSNUBBER

(2) MOUNTING HOLESFOR 38 ANCHORS

JAM NUTINSTRUCTIONS

1 Anchor the housing per anchor selection calculations2 Remove adjustment nut jam nut and top washer The bolt is going to slide

down supported by the floor3 Place the equipment on the lower washer The equipment mounting hole

should go down thru the all thread bolt4 Put back the removed washer on the equipment foot and thread the

adjustment nut on top5 Rotate the adjustment nut clockwise until the bolt lifts up from the floor

and clears the floor with a frac14 gap6 Place the jam nut on top of the adjustment nut and lock the two nuts in

place against loosening over time

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 57: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-SPSA4-001 Supersedes New

Date 21 Nov 2016Date New

SPSA-4 (Adjustable Height)Installation Instructions

SPSA-4

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

INSTRUCTIONSMethod for Adjusting Height for Pipe Stand1 Loosen factory supplied U-Bolts that are attached to support plate2 If installing pipe boots slide the plate off the stand without removing the

U-bolts Then slide in the pipe boot for 2 sch 40 piping3 Adjust the support plate height to desired level Fig 14 When the desired height is reached fix the support plate to the stand

body by tightening the nuts on the support plate mounting U-Bolts Turn these nuts 56 of a turn after they are snug tight Fig 1

5 Pipe support U-Bolt size depends on the diameter of the pipe on site Attach piping to support plate with a U-Bolt (by others) using proper slots on either side Fig 2 and Fig 3

6 Tighten the hex nuts snug tight and then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

7 Tighten the jam nuts until snug tight then apply an additional 56 of a turn for proper torquing

Method for Attachment to Structure1 Ensure the mounting surface is flat and adequate to provide anchorage

for the specific seismic or wind design forces If mounted to a housekeeping pad ensure pad is thick enough to accommodate anchor bolts and sufficiently doweled in or connected to the structural slab to transfer the seismic loads to the structure

2 Locate seismic pipe stands according to the restraint layout provided3 When attached to concrete structure use seismically rated anchors

Please refer to the calculation provided for the details4 When attached to steel structure use a minimum of A307 steel (Grade

2) bolts Please refer to the calculation provided for the details

two u-bolts for support

plate

ribbed plug and rubber cap

seismic pipe stand body

snug tight then turn 56 of a turn to secure

pipe centerline

support plate

stand body

jam nut (by others)

flat washer (by others)

adjust height

hex nut (by others)

pipe support u-bolt (by others)

Fig 1

Fig 3

Steel Decking Mounting Details Concrete Structure Attachment Details

Fig 2

Pipe Size Minimum U-bolt and Thread (by others)

34Oslash and 1Oslash 14ndash20

1-14Oslash to 2Oslash 38ndash16

2-12Oslash to 4Oslash 12ndash1312 wide slotted holes for maximum

pipe diameter of 2-12

916 wide slotted holes for maximum pipe diameter of 4

factory installed support plate cw galvanized U-bolts

seismically rated concrete anchor bolt (see calculations for more details)

roof membrane or pipe boot (by others)

insulation

roof metal deckbacking angle 2times2times18 14 long

(2 pieces under each leg)(by others)

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER

Page 58: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FS Floor Mounted Isolators FS...isolator is loaded in the center and the compression cup remains parallel to the floor. 8. Turn level adjustment nut counter-clockwise

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

File No INS-RSC-001 Supersedes New

Date 10 Aug 2017Date New

Rod Stiffener for Suspended Components Using Strut ChannelsInstallation Instructions

RSC

Vibro-Acoustics Toronto middot Nashville middot Reno middot New York middot Houston

NOTESbull Minimum (2) Rod Stiffener Clamps per rodbull Rod stiffener requirements apply only to threaded rods that have seismic

restraint attachment or are located adjacent to restraint locationsbull The clip is intended for use with 1-58rdquo x 1-58rdquo x 12 GA strut channel that has

not been bent or damaged in any way

ROD STIFFENER DETAIL

INSTRUCTIONS

1 RSC Find the support rod at or closest to a cable restraint or rigid restraint attachment point and measure the unbraced rod length ldquoLrdquo as shown in the diagram on the left (Note rigid restraints cannot be used when vibration isolation is required)

2 If ldquoLrdquo exceeds the values shown below for its corresponding diameter or the uplift force exceeds the maximum uplift force allowed then rod stiffeners may be required Contact Vibro-Acoustics for further analysis If stiffeners are required then install as follows

3 Ensure support rod is secured to suspended component with a hold down nut and washer to prevent the component from moving up the rod

4 Choose the clip size that matches the size of the rod (see detail)5 Cut the strut channel (by others) to length no more than 8Prime shorter

than the ldquoLrdquo dimensions6 Position the strut channel so that the rod is in the rear right corner

Insert the correct number of clips as shown below7 Rotate the clip 90 degrees so the arrow points up8 Push to lock in place No tools needed9 If the clip does not snap into place and firmly hold the rod in first

attempt reinstall the clip after turning the strut channel upside down Due to strut channel variations from different manufacturers the clips may work better with the rod pushed into the other corner

10 Double check the dimensions and adjust as necessary

2frac12 (64mm) min

0 to frac14 (6mm) gap max

⅛(3mm) to frac14(6mm) gap

uplift stopwasher and nuts

threaded support rod

hold down nut and washer

component support

Rigid With Isolator

Rod Size Oslash L (1) Max Uplift Force

in mm in mm lb kN

⅜ 10 19 482 171 076

frac12 12 25 635 312 139

⅝ 16 30 787 495 220

frac34 20 37 940 721 321

⅞ 22 43 1092 988 440

1 24 50 1270 1248 555

1 ⅛ 30 56 1422 1593 709

1 frac14 36 62 1575 1981 881

6

7

8(1) L Maximum allowable threaded rod length without stiffener

L(1)

L(1)

vibrationisolator

2frac12 (64mm) min

2frac12 (64mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

2 (51 mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

2 (51 mm) min

rod stiffener clip

rod stiffener clip

strut channelstrut channel

clip for frac12rod

rod stiffening strut channels (by others)

clip for ⅜rod

frac12rod⅜rod

2frac12 (64mm) min

6 (152 mm) max

6 (152 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

24 (160 mm) max

416-291-7371416-291-8049

1-800-565-84011-888-811-2264

telfax

webeml

wwwvibro-acousticscominfovibro-acousticscom

MEMBER